WO2024082849A1 - Communication method and apparatus - Google Patents

Communication method and apparatus Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024082849A1
WO2024082849A1 PCT/CN2023/117030 CN2023117030W WO2024082849A1 WO 2024082849 A1 WO2024082849 A1 WO 2024082849A1 CN 2023117030 W CN2023117030 W CN 2023117030W WO 2024082849 A1 WO2024082849 A1 WO 2024082849A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
terminal device
information
positioning
message
relay
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CN2023/117030
Other languages
French (fr)
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
张梦晨
姚楚婷
徐海博
Original Assignee
华为技术有限公司
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 华为技术有限公司 filed Critical 华为技术有限公司
Publication of WO2024082849A1 publication Critical patent/WO2024082849A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W4/00Services specially adapted for wireless communication networks; Facilities therefor
    • H04W4/02Services making use of location information
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W40/00Communication routing or communication path finding
    • H04W40/02Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing
    • H04W40/22Communication route or path selection, e.g. power-based or shortest path routing using selective relaying for reaching a BTS [Base Transceiver Station] or an access point
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W64/00Locating users or terminals or network equipment for network management purposes, e.g. mobility management
    • HELECTRICITY
    • H04ELECTRIC COMMUNICATION TECHNIQUE
    • H04WWIRELESS COMMUNICATION NETWORKS
    • H04W88/00Devices specially adapted for wireless communication networks, e.g. terminals, base stations or access point devices
    • H04W88/02Terminal devices
    • H04W88/04Terminal devices adapted for relaying to or from another terminal or user

Definitions

  • the present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
  • the target user equipment can be located by positioning technology, so that the network element/UE/entity requesting the positioning service can obtain the location of the target UE.
  • the target UE can receive a positioning reference signal (PRS) and/or send a sounding reference signal (SRS), and use a positioning method supported by a new radio (NR) system or a long term evolution (LTE) system to locate the target UE.
  • PRS positioning reference signal
  • SRS sounding reference signal
  • NR new radio
  • LTE long term evolution
  • Sidelink relay can provide remote UE with connection to the network.
  • UE can connect to the network device through sidelink relay.
  • remote UE can establish a connection with relay UE to connect to the network device through relay UE.
  • relay UE can be a smart terminal such as a mobile phone
  • remote UE can be a smart wearable device such as an electronic bracelet. Smart wearable devices can access base stations through smart terminals as relays.
  • the current positioning process for the target UE does not consider the case where the target UE is connected to the network device through the relay UE, that is, the positioning process when the target UE is the remote UE in the relay scenario is not considered. If the target UE is the remote UE in the relay scenario, it is currently impossible to locate the target UE.
  • the embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus for positioning a remote terminal device in a relay scenario.
  • a first communication method is provided, which can be executed by a network device, or by other devices including network device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, which can realize the functions of the network device, and the chip system or functional module is, for example, arranged in the network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a first network device, and optionally, the first network device is a core network device, such as an AMF.
  • the method includes: receiving a first message from a first terminal device, the first message including an identifier of a second terminal device, the second terminal device being used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; sending a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message being used to request positioning of the second terminal device, and positioning of the first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also including an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device; receiving first information from the second network device, the first information being used to indicate the location of the first terminal device.
  • the first network device obtains the identification of the second terminal device, and the first network device learns the existence of the second terminal device, so the first network device can request the second network device to perform positioning on the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and can receive the positioning result from the second network device.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device of the second terminal device. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, the network can learn the existence of the relay terminal device, so as to realize the positioning of the remote terminal device in the relay scenario.
  • the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device and positioning of the first terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the second terminal device and sideline positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the first network device can request positioning from the second network device, and the specific positioning method can be decided by the second network device; or, the first network device can indicate the positioning method when requesting positioning from the second network device, so that the second network device does not have to perform too many decision-making processes.
  • the first message further includes the quality information of the received signal of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the first message may be Includes more information so that it can be referenced during the positioning process to improve positioning accuracy.
  • the first message is a non-access layer NAS message
  • the NAS message includes one or more of the following: a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a second positioning service request message
  • the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the first message is a registration request message or the service request message
  • the method further includes: determining to position the first terminal device according to the first message, wherein the positioning process includes the positioning process of the second terminal device and the positioning process of the first terminal device; or, determining to position the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the first message.
  • the first network device can determine that there is a need to position the first terminal device, so that the first network device can initiate positioning of the first terminal device, or initiate positioning of the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the first message is not used for emergency services, but the first network device can also initiate positioning.
  • the first terminal device can send the first message when there is a positioning demand, and it can be considered that the first terminal device has initiated the process of positioning the first terminal device. That is, the positioning process can be initiated by different network elements, which is more flexible.
  • the method before sending the first positioning service request message to the second network device, the method further includes: receiving a third positioning service request message from a third network device, wherein the third positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the third network device is, for example, a core network device, such as an LCS, etc. That is, the positioning process can also be initiated by other network devices besides the first terminal device and the first network device.
  • the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device, the first indication information being used to instruct the first terminal device to send information of the second terminal device (or instruct the first terminal device to send an identifier of the second terminal device), or instruct the first terminal device to send relay service information of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may actively send information of the second terminal device or relay service information to the first network device, or the first terminal device may not actively send information of the second terminal device or relay service information to the first network device, but may send information of the second terminal device or relay service information to the first network device under the instruction of the first network device, thereby reducing the transmission process of redundant information and improving information utilization.
  • the information of the second terminal device may include, for example, an identifier of the second terminal device; the relay service information may include, for example, an identifier of a relay device (such as a second terminal device) of the first terminal device, and/or may include indication information that the first terminal device accepts relay service (or indication information that the first terminal device accesses the network through a relay device).
  • the relay service information may include, for example, an identifier of a relay device (such as a second terminal device) of the first terminal device, and/or may include indication information that the first terminal device accepts relay service (or indication information that the first terminal device accesses the network through a relay device).
  • the first positioning service request message also includes the quality information of the received signal of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the first network device may carry this information in the first positioning service request message, so that the second network device can refer to this information when performing positioning.
  • the first information includes the location information of the first terminal device.
  • the second network device can obtain the location information of the first terminal device, and can send the location information of the first terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device obtains the location information of the first terminal device.
  • the location information of the first terminal device is the absolute location information of the first terminal device; or, the location information of the first terminal device is the relative location information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the first information also includes the absolute location information of the second terminal device, and the method further includes: determining the absolute location information of the first terminal device according to the relative location information and the absolute location information of the second terminal device.
  • the second network device can send the absolute location information of the first terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device does not need to perform additional calculation processes to determine the absolute location information of the first terminal device.
  • the second network device can also send the relative location information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device and the absolute location information of the second terminal device to the first network device, and the first network device can determine the absolute location information of the first terminal device accordingly. This method can reduce the workload of the second network device.
  • the location information of the first terminal device is the absolute location information of the first terminal device, and the first information also includes the absolute location information of the second terminal device.
  • the first network device can request the second network device to perform positioning on the second terminal device, and perform positioning on the first terminal device, then the second network device can send the location information of both terminal devices to the first network device as the positioning result.
  • the identification of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following: 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, C-RNTI of the second terminal device, SUPI of the second terminal device, SUCI of the second terminal device, or I-RNTI of the second terminal device.
  • the identification of the second terminal device may also be implemented in other ways, which will not be described in detail. limit.
  • a second communication method which can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices including terminal device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, the chip system or functional module can realize the functions of the terminal device, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is, for example, a first terminal device.
  • the method includes: receiving a second message from a second terminal device, the second message includes an identifier of the second terminal device, the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; sending a first message to a first network device, the first message includes an identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can obtain the identifier of the second terminal device, so that the identifier of the second terminal device can be sent to the first network device. If the first network device obtains the identifier of the second terminal device, the first network device learns of the existence of the second terminal device, so the first network device can request to perform positioning on the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device of the second terminal device. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, the network can be aware of the existence of the relay terminal device, thereby being able to locate the remote terminal device in the relay scenario.
  • the identifier of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following: the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, the C-RNTI of the second terminal device, the SUPI of the second terminal device, the SUCI of the second terminal device, or the I-RNTI of the second terminal device.
  • the first message further includes received signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from the second terminal device, and/or transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the second message is a message during a discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message during a connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message after a connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is successfully established.
  • the method further includes: sending a third message to the second terminal device, the third message being used to request an identification of the second terminal device.
  • the second terminal device may actively send the identification of the second terminal device to the first terminal device, or the first terminal device may send the third message to the second terminal device when it is necessary to obtain the identification of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device sends the identification of the second terminal device to the first terminal device according to the third message, thereby reducing redundant information.
  • the method further includes: determining to initiate an emergency service or determining a positioning requirement.
  • the first terminal device may obtain an identifier of the second terminal device, thereby locating the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: determining to actively send information of the second terminal device to the first network device when an emergency service is initiated or when there is a positioning requirement.
  • the first terminal device can actively send information of the second terminal device (for example, including an identifier of the second terminal device) to the first network device.
  • the first terminal device can actively send information of the second terminal device to the first network device when there is an emergency service or a positioning requirement, thereby reducing the process of the first network device requesting information of the second terminal device from the first terminal device and reducing the positioning delay.
  • the third message is a message in the discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message in the connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message after the connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is successfully established.
  • the second message and the third message may correspond to the same process, for example, the second message and the third message are both messages in the discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or are both messages in the connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the second message and the third message may also correspond to different processes, for example, the second message is a message in the discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the third message is a message in the connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, etc.
  • the first message is a NAS message
  • the NAS message includes one or more of the following: a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a second positioning service request message
  • the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the first network device, the first indication information being used to instruct the first terminal device to send information of the second terminal device, or to instruct the first terminal device to send relay service information of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: measuring the side signal from the second terminal device to obtain a first measurement result, the first measurement result being used to obtain relative position information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device; and sending the first measurement result or the relative position information to the second network device.
  • the first terminal device may perform communication with the second terminal device. SL positioning between the devices is performed to obtain the first measurement result or the relative position information.
  • the method further includes: receiving a fourth message from a second network device, the fourth message being used to request the first terminal device to perform positioning with the second terminal device; or actively initiating side positioning with the second terminal device.
  • the first terminal device may initiate SL positioning with the second terminal device under the instruction of the second network device, thereby reducing the decision-making process of the first terminal device and simplifying the implementation of the first terminal device; or the first terminal device may also actively initiate SL positioning with the second terminal device, thereby reducing the participation of network devices and reducing positioning delay.
  • a third communication method is provided, which can be executed by a network device, or by other devices including network device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, the chip system or functional module can realize the function of the network device, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a second network device, and optionally, the second network device is a core network device, such as LMF.
  • the method includes: receiving a first positioning service request message from a first network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of a second terminal device, and positioning of a first terminal device, the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device; positioning the second terminal device and positioning the first terminal device to obtain first information, the first information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device; sending the first information to the first network device.
  • air interface positioning is performed on the second terminal device, and side positioning is performed on the first terminal device.
  • the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device and positioning of the first terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the second terminal device and sideline positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the first positioning service request message further includes the reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the identifier of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following: the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, the C-RNTI of the second terminal device, the SUPI of the second terminal device, the SUCI of the second terminal device, or the I-RNTI of the second terminal device.
  • performing positioning on the first terminal device includes: sending a fourth message to the first terminal device, the fourth message being used to request the first terminal device and the second terminal device to perform side-by-side positioning; receiving a first measurement result from the first terminal device, or receiving relative position information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device, wherein the first measurement result is used to obtain the relative position information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • performing positioning on the first terminal device includes: sending a fourth message to the second terminal device, the fourth message being used to request the second terminal device to perform side-by-side positioning with the first terminal device; receiving a second measurement result from the second terminal device, or receiving relative position information of the second terminal device and the first terminal device, wherein the second measurement result is used to obtain the relative position information of the second terminal device and the first terminal device.
  • the second network device can request the first terminal device and the second terminal device to perform SL positioning, or can request the second terminal device and the first terminal device to perform SL positioning, which is a more flexible method.
  • the first information includes location information of the first terminal device.
  • the location information of the first terminal device is the absolute location information of the first terminal device; or, the location information of the first terminal device is the relative location information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the first information also includes the absolute location information of the second terminal device.
  • the location information of the first terminal device is absolute location information of the first terminal device, and the first information also includes absolute location information of the second terminal device.
  • a fourth communication method is provided, which may be executed by a network device, or by other devices including the functions of a network device, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, which can implement the functions of the network device, and which are, for example, arranged in the network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a first network device, and optionally, the first network device is a core network device, such as an AMF.
  • the method comprises: receiving a first message from a first terminal device, the first message comprising an identifier of a second terminal device, the second terminal device being used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; sending a first identification message to the second network device.
  • a positioning service request message is sent to the first terminal device, wherein the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device, and the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device; the location information of the second terminal device is received from the second network device, and the second information is received from the first terminal device, wherein the second information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device; the location information of the first terminal device is determined according to the location information of the second terminal device and the second information.
  • the first network device obtains the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first network device learns the existence of the second terminal device, so the first network device can request the second network device to perform positioning on the second terminal device, and can receive the positioning result from the second network device.
  • the first terminal device can perform SL positioning with the second terminal device without the instruction of the network device, thereby reducing the participation of the network device and reducing the positioning delay.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device of the second terminal device. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, the network can learn the existence of the relay terminal device, so as to realize the positioning of the remote terminal device in the relay scenario.
  • the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the second terminal device.
  • the first message further includes reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from the second terminal device, and/or transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the first message is a non-access layer NAS message
  • the NAS message includes one or more of the following: a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a second positioning service request message
  • the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the first message is the registration request message or the service request message
  • the method further includes: determining to locate the second terminal device according to the first message.
  • the method before sending the first positioning service request message to the second network device, the method further includes: receiving a third positioning service request message from a third network device, wherein the third positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device, the first indication information being used to instruct the first terminal device to send information of the second terminal device, or to instruct the first terminal device to send relay service information of the first terminal device.
  • the first positioning service request message further includes the reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  • the second information is a first measurement result, where the first measurement result is a measurement result of the first terminal device for a signal from the second terminal device; or, the second information is relative position information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
  • the identifier of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following: the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, the C-RNTI of the second terminal device, the SUPI of the second terminal device, the SUCI of the second terminal device, or the I-RNTI of the second terminal device.
  • a fifth communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices including terminal device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, which can realize the functions of the terminal device, and the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is, for example, a first terminal device.
  • the method includes: sending a fifth message to a second terminal device, and performing side positioning with the second terminal device, the fifth message is used to request the location information of the second terminal device; receiving third information from the second terminal device, the third information is used to determine the location information of the first terminal device.
  • the first terminal device can request the location information of the second terminal device, and can initiate SL positioning with the second terminal device, then the second terminal device can initiate the positioning process for the second terminal device, so that the first terminal device can determine the location information of the first terminal device.
  • the network device is less involved, the decision-making power of the terminal device is enhanced, and it also helps to reduce the positioning delay.
  • the third information includes absolute position information of the second terminal device
  • the method further includes: determining the relative position information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the side positioning process, or determining a second measurement result, where the second measurement result is a measurement result of the second terminal device for the signal from the first terminal device; determining the relative position information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the absolute position information of the second terminal device, and the relative position information or the second measurement result.
  • the second terminal device may send the absolute position information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can determine the absolute position information of the first terminal device accordingly.
  • the third information includes the absolute position information of the first terminal device
  • the method further includes: sending the relative position information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device to the second terminal device, or sending a first measurement result, where the first measurement result is a measurement result of the first terminal device for a signal from the second terminal device.
  • the absolute position information of the first terminal device can also be determined by the second terminal device, which then sends it to the first terminal device, thereby reducing the determination process of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: sending the absolute location information of the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • a sixth communication method which can be executed by a network device, or by other devices including network device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, the chip system or functional module can realize the function of the network device, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a first network device, and optionally, the first network device is a core network device, such as an AMF.
  • the method includes: receiving a first message from a first terminal device, the first message including relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, the relay information including one or more of the following: the first terminal device for the signal from the relay device receiving signal quality information, the relay device to the first terminal device transmission power information, or, the first terminal device through the relay connection network information; sending a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes the relay information and/or the network device information; receiving the location information of the first terminal device from the second network device.
  • the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is a relay UE and the first terminal device is a remote UE.
  • the first terminal device can send information about the second terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second terminal device, thereby enabling the first network device to initiate Uu positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform the SL positioning process, and the positioning of the first terminal device can be achieved through the Uu positioning process, making the positioning process relatively simple.
  • the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the first message is a non-access layer NAS message
  • the NAS message includes one or more of the following: a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a second positioning service request message
  • the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the first message is the registration request message or the service request message
  • the method further includes: determining to locate the first terminal device according to the first message.
  • the method before sending the first positioning service request message to the second network device, the method further includes: receiving a third positioning service request message from a third network device, wherein the third positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device, wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the relay information and/or the network device information.
  • a seventh communication method is provided, which can be executed by a network device, or by other devices including network device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, the chip system or functional module can realize the function of the network device, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the network device.
  • the network device is, for example, a first network device, and optionally, the first network device is a core network device, such as LMF.
  • the method includes: receiving a first positioning service request message from a first network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of a first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that can receive a positioning reference signal for the first terminal device, and the relay information includes one or more of the following: the first terminal device receives the signal quality information of the signal from the relay device, the relay device sends the first terminal device The transmission power information, or the first terminal device connects to the network through the relay; performs positioning on the first terminal device to determine the location information of the first terminal device; sends the location information of the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • air interface positioning is performed on the first terminal device.
  • the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the first terminal device.
  • the method further includes: determining a network device for performing air interface positioning on the first terminal device according to the relay information and/or the network device information.
  • the second network device can estimate the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the received signal quality information and/or the SL transmission power information of the second terminal device included in the first positioning service request, and the second network device can roughly determine the location of the second terminal device according to the service cell of the second terminal device.
  • the second network device can determine the location of the first terminal device according to the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device and the location of the second terminal device (the location at this time is a roughly estimated location), so the second network device can determine which network devices the first terminal device can receive PRS from, so that some or all of these network devices can be determined as network devices participating in the positioning of the first terminal device. It can be seen that the relay information and/or network device information enable the second network device to determine the network device for performing air interface positioning on the first terminal device, thereby improving the positioning accuracy of the first terminal device.
  • an eighth communication method is provided, which may be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices including terminal device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, which can realize the functions of the terminal device, and the chip system or functional module is, for example, arranged in the terminal device.
  • the terminal device is, for example, a first terminal device.
  • the method comprises: sending a first message to a first network device, the first message comprising relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, and the relay information comprises one or more of the following: received signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from a relay device, transmission power information of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information that the first terminal device is connected to the network via a relay.
  • the method further includes: discovering the second terminal device and establishing a connection with the second terminal device.
  • the method further includes: receiving location information of the first terminal device from the first network device.
  • the method further includes: determining a positioning requirement.
  • the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the first network device, wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the relay information and/or the network device information.
  • a communication device may be the first network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects.
  • the communication device has the function of the first network device.
  • the communication device is, for example, a first network device, or a larger device including the first network device, or a functional module in the first network device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also referred to as a processing module) and a transceiver unit (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver module).
  • the transceiver unit can implement a sending function and a receiving function.
  • the transceiver unit When the transceiver unit implements the sending function, it can be called a sending unit (sometimes also referred to as a sending module), and when the transceiver unit implements the receiving function, it can be called a receiving unit (sometimes also referred to as a receiving module).
  • the sending unit and the receiving unit can be the same functional module, which is called a transceiver unit, and the functional module can implement a sending function and a receiving function; or, the sending unit and the receiving unit can be different functional modules, and the transceiver unit is a general term for these functional modules.
  • the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first message from a first terminal device, the first message including an identifier of a second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device and positioning of the first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is also used to receive first information from the second network device, the first information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first message from a first terminal device, the first message includes an identifier of a second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message includes an identifier of a second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device;
  • the service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device, and the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device;
  • the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is also used to receive the location information of the second terminal device from the second network device, and to receive second information from the first terminal device, wherein the second information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device;
  • the processing unit is used to determine the location information of the first terminal device based on the location information of
  • the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first message from a first terminal device, the first message including relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, and the relay information includes one or more of the following: reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from a relay device, transmission power information of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information on the first terminal device connecting to the network via a relay; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, and the first positioning service request message also includes the relay information and/or the network device information; the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive the location information of the first terminal device from the second network device.
  • the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal
  • the communication device also includes a storage unit (sometimes also referred to as a storage module), and the processing unit is used to couple with the storage unit and execute the program or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication device can perform the function of the first network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
  • a storage unit sometimes also referred to as a storage module
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the first terminal device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects.
  • the communication device has the functions of the first terminal device.
  • the communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a larger device including a terminal device, or a functional module in a terminal device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also referred to as a processing module) and a transceiver unit (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver module).
  • a processing unit sometimes also referred to as a processing module
  • transceiver unit sometimes also referred to as a transceiver module
  • the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a second message from a second terminal device, the second message includes an identifier of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first message to the first network device, the first message includes the identifier of the second terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a fifth message to the second terminal device, and to perform side positioning with the second terminal device, wherein the fifth message is used to request the location information of the second terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive third information from the second terminal device, and the third information is used to determine the location information of the first terminal device.
  • the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first message to a first network device, the first message including relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, and the relay information includes one or more of the following: received signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from a relay device, transmission power information of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information on the first terminal device connecting to the network via a relay.
  • the communication device also includes a storage unit (sometimes also referred to as a storage module), and the processing unit is used to couple with the storage unit and execute the program or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication device can perform the function of the first terminal device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
  • a storage unit sometimes also referred to as a storage module
  • a communication device is provided.
  • the communication device may be the second network device described in any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect.
  • the communication device has the functions of the second network device.
  • the communication device is, for example, a second network device, or a larger device including a second network device, or a functional module in the second network device, such as a baseband device or a chip system.
  • the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device.
  • the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also referred to as a processing module) and a transceiver unit (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver module).
  • a processing unit sometimes also referred to as a processing module
  • a transceiver unit sometimes also referred to as a transceiver module
  • the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first positioning service request message from the first network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request to perform positioning on the second terminal device, and to perform positioning on the first terminal device, the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device; the processing unit is used to perform positioning on the second terminal device Positioning and performing positioning on the first terminal device to obtain first information, wherein the first information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send the first information to the first network device.
  • the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first positioning service request message from a first network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of a first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that can receive a positioning reference signal for the first terminal device, and the relay information includes one or more of the following: received signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from a relay device, transmission power information of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information on the first terminal device connecting to the network via a relay; the processing unit is used to perform positioning on the first terminal device to determine the location information of the first terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send the location information of the first terminal device to the first network device.
  • the network device information is used to indicate a network device that can receive a positioning reference signal for the first terminal device
  • the relay information includes one or more of the following: received signal quality information of
  • the communication device also includes a storage unit (sometimes also referred to as a storage module), and the processing unit is used to couple with the storage unit and execute the program or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication device can perform the function of the second network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
  • a storage unit sometimes also referred to as a storage module
  • a communication device which may be a first network device, or a chip or chip system used in the first network device.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface.
  • the processor reads the computer program or instruction, the communication device executes the method executed by the first network device in the above aspects.
  • a communication device which may be a first terminal device, or a chip or chip system used in the first terminal device.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface.
  • the processor reads the computer program or instruction, the communication device executes the method executed by the first terminal device in the above aspects.
  • a communication device which may be a second network device, or a chip or chip system used in the second network device.
  • the communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory.
  • the memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface.
  • the processor reads the computer program or instruction, the communication device executes the method executed by the second network device in the above aspects.
  • a communication system comprising a first terminal device and a first network device, wherein the first terminal device is used to execute the method executed by the first terminal device as described in any one of the first to eighth aspects, and the first network device is used to execute the method executed by the first network device as described in any one of the first to eighth aspects.
  • the first terminal device can be implemented by the communication device described in the tenth or thirteenth aspect; the first network device can be implemented by the communication device described in the ninth or twelfth aspect.
  • the communication system further includes a second network device, configured to execute the method performed by the second network device as described in any one of aspects 1 to 8.
  • the second network device may be implemented by the communication apparatus described in aspect 11 or aspect 14.
  • a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer programs or instructions, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed, the method executed by the first terminal device or the first network device or the second network device in the above aspects is implemented.
  • a computer program product comprising instructions, which, when executed on a computer, enables the methods described in the above aspects to be implemented.
  • a chip system including a processor and an interface, wherein the processor is used to call and execute instructions from the interface so that the chip system implements the above-mentioned methods.
  • FIG1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG5 is a schematic diagram showing that a remote UE cannot receive signals from certain access network devices
  • FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • FIG8 is a schematic diagram of another device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the number of nouns means “singular noun or plural noun", that is, “one or more”.
  • At least one means one or more
  • plural means two or more.
  • “And/or” describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist.
  • a and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural.
  • the character "/” generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an “or” relationship.
  • A/B means: A or B.
  • “At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items.
  • At least one of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
  • the ordinal numbers such as “first” and “second” mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects.
  • the numbering of the steps in each embodiment introduced in the embodiments of the present application is only to distinguish different steps, and is not used to limit the order between the steps.
  • S201 may occur before S202, or may occur after S202, or may occur at the same time as S202.
  • the terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be a fixed device, a mobile device, a handheld device (such as a mobile phone), a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wireless device built into the above device (such as a communication module, a modem, or a chip system, etc.).
  • the terminal device is used to connect people, objects, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, such as but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D), V2X, machine-to-machine/machine-type communication (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC), Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR), augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), industrial control (industrial control), self-driving, remote medical, smart grid (smart grid), smart furniture, smart office, smart wearable (such as smart watch, smart bracelet, smart helmet or smart glasses, etc.), smart transportation, smart city (smart city), drone, robot and other scenarios of terminal devices.
  • cellular communication device-to-device communication
  • machine-to-machine/machine-type communication machine-to-machine/machine-type communications
  • M2M/MTC machine-to-machine/machine
  • the terminal device may sometimes be referred to as UE, terminal, access station, UE station, customer premises equipment (CPE), remote station, wireless communication device, or user device, etc.
  • UE terminal
  • access station UE station
  • UE station customer premises equipment
  • remote station wireless communication device
  • user device etc.
  • the terminal device is described by taking UE as an example in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the network devices in the embodiments of the present application include, for example, access network devices and/or core network devices.
  • the access network devices are devices with wireless transceiver functions, which are used to communicate with the terminal devices.
  • the access network devices include, but are not limited to, base stations (base transceiver stations (BTS), Node B, eNodeB/eNB, or gNodeB/gNB), transmission reception points (TRP), base stations subsequently evolved from the third generation partnership project (3GPP), access nodes in wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc.
  • the base stations may be: macro base stations, micro base stations, micro-micro base stations, small stations, relay stations, etc.
  • Multiple base stations may support networks with the same access technology, or networks with different access technologies.
  • a base station may include one or more co-located or non-co-located transmission reception points.
  • the access network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU), and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario.
  • the access network device may also be a server, etc.
  • the network device in the vehicle to everything (V2X) technology may be a road side unit (RSU).
  • the base station can communicate with a terminal device, or it can communicate with the terminal device through a relay station.
  • the terminal device can communicate with multiple base stations in different access technologies.
  • the core network device is used to implement functions such as mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and billing.
  • functions such as mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and billing.
  • the names of the devices that implement core network functions in systems with different access technologies may be different, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this.
  • the core network equipment includes: access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (SMF), policy control function (PCF), user plane function (UPF), location management function (LMF) or positioning server (LCS), etc.
  • the communication device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or may be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device.
  • the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device as an example that the network device is used as the device.
  • Transmission point A set of geographically co-located transmit antennas (e.g., an antenna array with one or more antenna elements) for a cell, a portion of a cell, or a TP that only supports downlink (DL)-PRS.
  • Transmission points may include base station (ng-eNB or gNB) antennas, remote radio heads, remote antennas of base stations, antennas of TPs that only support DL-PRS, etc.
  • a cell may include one or more transmission points. For homogeneous deployment, each transmission point may correspond to a cell.
  • Transmission reception point A group of geographically co-located antennas (e.g., an antenna array with one or more antenna elements) that supports TP and/or RP functionality.
  • Reception point a set of geographically co-located receiving antennas (e.g., an antenna array with one or more antenna elements) for a cell, a portion of a cell, or an uplink (UL)-SRS-only RP.
  • Reception points may include base station (ng-eNB or gNB) antennas, remote radio heads, remote antennas of base stations, antennas supporting UL-SRS-only RPs, etc.
  • a cell may include one or more reception points. For homogeneous deployments, each reception point may correspond to one cell.
  • Sidelink relay can provide remote UE with connection to the network.
  • UE can connect to network equipment through sidelink relay.
  • remote UE can establish connection with relay UE to connect to network equipment through relay UE.
  • relay UE can be a smart terminal such as a mobile phone, and remote UE can be a smart wearable device such as an electronic bracelet. Smart wearable devices can access base stations through smart terminals as relays.
  • the remote UE is out of the coverage of the base station, but after the remote UE establishes a connection with the relay UE, the remote UE can communicate with the base station through the relay UE.
  • Another possible relay situation is that the remote UE is within the coverage of the base station.
  • the remote UE can also establish a connection with the relay UE and communicate with the base station through the relay UE.
  • Scenarios involving relay include but are not limited to the following.
  • Scenario 1 The remote UE requests emergency services. For example, the remote UE has an emergency call request. At this time, the remote UE cannot directly establish a connection with the network device. The remote UE finds the surrounding relay UE and initiates an emergency call through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE wants to communicate with the network device.
  • the remote UE finds a relay UE and communicates with the network device through the relay UE.
  • the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, which then forwards it to the base station; the base station sends downlink data to the relay UE, which then forwards it to the remote UE.
  • the target UE can now be located by positioning technology, so that the network element/UE/entity requesting the positioning service obtains the location of the target UE.
  • the target UE can receive PRS and/or send SRS, and use the positioning method supported by the NR system or the LTE system to realize the positioning of the target UE.
  • the network element/UE/entity that initiates the positioning service may include: a positioning server (location services, LCS), a UE, or an AMF, etc.
  • the LCS may request the serving AMF of the target UE to locate the target UE, and the positioning process may be called a mobile terminated location request (mobile terminated location request, MT-LR); or, the serving AMF of the target UE decides to locate the target UE, and the process may be called a network induced location request (NI-LR); or, the target UE requests the serving AMF of the target UE for positioning services, and the process may be called a mobile originated location request (mobile originated location request, MO-LR).
  • a mobile terminated location request mobile terminated location request
  • NI-LR network induced location request
  • MO-LR mobile originated location request
  • Multi-RTT multi-round trip time
  • DL-TDOA downlink time difference of arrival
  • UL-TDOA uplink time difference of arrival
  • DL-AoD downlink angle-of-departure
  • U-AoA uplink angle of arrival
  • NR E-CID NR enhanced cell ID
  • Motion sensor motion sensor
  • TSS terrestrial beacon system
  • WLAN wireless local area network
  • barometer barometer
  • barometric pressure sensor enhanced Cell ID positioning
  • OTDA observed time difference of arrival
  • GNSS network-assisted global navigation satellite system
  • the current positioning process for the target UE does not consider the case where the target UE is connected to the network device through the relay UE, that is, the positioning process when the target UE is the remote UE in the relay scenario is not considered. If the target UE is the remote UE in the relay scenario, it is currently impossible to locate the target UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application proposes that if the target UE accessing the network through the relay UE in the relay scenario is positioned, any of the following two methods can be used: Method 1, positioning the target UE through Uu positioning and sidelink (SL) positioning; Method 2, positioning the target UE only through Uu positioning.
  • Method 1 positioning the target UE through Uu positioning and sidelink (SL) positioning
  • Method 2 positioning the target UE only through Uu positioning.
  • the Uu interface is an air interface, so Uu positioning can also be called air interface positioning.
  • the core network device can first locate the relay UE through the Uu positioning process, and then perform SL positioning between the relay UE and the target UE.
  • the location information of the target UE can be obtained based on the location information of the relay UE and the SL positioning result.
  • the target UE accesses the network device through the relay UE. Since the core network device is not aware of the existence of the relay UE, the core network device cannot know that the relay UE needs to be located. In addition, the relay UE and the target UE cannot know whether SL positioning needs to be performed.
  • Method 2 also has some problems, which will be introduced later.
  • the second UE provides a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second UE is a relay UE and the first UE is a remote UE.
  • the first UE device can send an identifier of the second UE to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second UE, thereby the first network device can initiate Uu positioning of the relay UE.
  • the first network device can also request SL positioning of the first UE, so that SL positioning can be performed between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized.
  • the technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as the long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or can be applied to the 5G system, such as the NR system, or can also be applied to the next generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication technology (the 6th generation, 6G) system, etc., without specific limitation.
  • the 4th generation, 4G such as the long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system
  • 5G system such as the NR system
  • next generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems such as the sixth generation mobile communication technology (the 6th generation, 6G) system, etc., without specific limitation.
  • the technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to the relay scenario where the remote UE is connected to the network through the relay UE, the remote UE is, for example, a wearable device such as a smart watch, a smart bracelet or smart glasses, and the relay UE is, for example, a smart phone or a CPE device.
  • the remote UE is, for example, a wearable device such as a smart watch, a smart bracelet or smart glasses
  • the relay UE is, for example, a smart phone or a CPE device.
  • FIG 1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application.
  • a remote UE (represented as a remote UE in Figure 1) is connected to a network device through a relay UE (represented as a relay UE in Figure 1), and the network device is, for example, an access network device.
  • the network device can also be connected to a core network, for example, the network device can communicate with an AMF.
  • the AMF can also communicate with a location server, and the location server can be used to implement positioning.
  • the location server may be different, for example, the location server includes a location management function (LMF), an enhanced mobile service location center (enhanced serving mobile location centre, E-SMLC) or a secure user plane location platform (SUPL location platform, SLP).
  • LMF location management function
  • E-SMLC enhanced mobile service location center
  • SUPL location platform SLP
  • the location server includes an LMF as an example.
  • the embodiment of the present application can perform positioning on the remote UE, or perform positioning on the remote UE and the relay UE.
  • network devices such as access network devices
  • these one or more network devices may include or exclude the network devices in Figure 1
  • the network devices involved in positioning the remote UE and the network devices involved in positioning the relay UE may or may not have an intersection.
  • the emergency service is, for example, an emergency call service, or may be other types of emergency services.
  • a communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application is introduced below. Please refer to Figure 2, which is a flow chart of the method.
  • the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be applied to the network architecture shown in Figure 1.
  • the first UE involved in the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be the remote UE in Figure 1;
  • the second UE involved in the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be the relay UE in Figure 1;
  • the first network device involved in the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be the AMF in Figure 1, and AMF is used as an example in the following description;
  • the second network device involved in the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be the LMF in Figure 1, and LMF is used as an example in the following description.
  • the first UE sends a first message to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the first message from the first UE.
  • the first message may be sent to the AMF through an access network device.
  • the first message may be, for example, a non-access stratum (NAS) message, or may also be an access stratum (AS) message, for example, an AS message is a radio resource control (RRC) message.
  • RRC radio resource control
  • the first message may be a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transport (UL NAS transport) message, or a positioning service request message, etc.
  • the first message may be transparently transmitted to the AMF through the access network device. For example, after the access network device receives the first message, the access network device will not read the first message, but forward the first message to the AMF.
  • the first message includes the information of the relay UE of the first UE.
  • the relay UE of the first UE is the second UE, so the first UE may include the information of the second UE, which is equivalent to enabling the AMF to learn the information of the relay UE of the first UE through the first message.
  • the first message may also include other information, for example, it may also include the relay information and/or network device information to be introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 later, or it may also include other information.
  • the information of the second UE includes, for example, an identifier of the second UE, such as an identity number (ID) of the second UE.
  • the identifier of the second UE may include one or more of the following: a 5G-service (system, S)-temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI) of the second UE, a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) of the second UE, an inactive RNTI (I-RNTI) of the second UE, a subscription permanent identifier (SUPI), or a subscription concealed identifier (SUCI).
  • a 5G-service (system, S)-temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI) of the second UE a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) of the second UE, an inactive RNTI (I-RNTI) of the second UE, a subscription permanent identifier (SUPI), or a subscription concealed identifier (SUCI).
  • S 5G-service
  • TMSI cell
  • the information of the second UE may include, in addition to the identifier of the second UE, received signal quality information and/or SL transmission power information of the second UE (or, the transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE).
  • the received quality information may indicate the received signal quality of the first UE for the signal from the second UE, which is, for example, an SL signal.
  • the parameter corresponding to the received signal quality information is one or more of reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) or signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR).
  • RSRP reference signal receiving power
  • RSRQ reference signal receiving quality
  • SINR signal to interference plus noise ratio
  • the first UE may obtain the received signal quality information by measuring the signal from the second UE.
  • the signal may be, for example, the second message in S203 to be introduced later, or may be other signals sent by the second UE to the first UE.
  • the signal may be a signal in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established.
  • the signal may be a signal dedicated to measurement, such as a reference signal for measurement, or may be a signal with other functions.
  • the transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE may be understood as information about the transmission power used when the second UE sends a signal to the first UE, and the information may be notified to the first UE by the second UE.
  • the signal corresponding to the transmission power may be a second message, or may be other signals sent by the second UE to the first UE.
  • the signal may be a signal in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established.
  • the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, or the first UE may not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the first UE may set the first enabling information. If the first UE sets the value of the first enabling information to the first value, it indicates that the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF (or actively obtain and send the information of the second UE to the AMF), for example, the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF when initiating an emergency service, or the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF when there is a positioning requirement; if the first UE sets the value of the first enabling information to the second value, or does not set the value of the first enabling information to the first value, it indicates that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF (or will not actively obtain the information of the second UE, and/or will not actively send the information of the
  • the positioning process may be initiated by the AMF, or by the first UE, or by the LCS.
  • the execution process may be correspondingly different, which are introduced below.
  • AMF initiates the positioning process.
  • the method may further include S202, where the AMF determines to locate the first UE.
  • the positioning process may include a positioning process for the second UE, and a positioning process for the first UE; or, the positioning process may include a Uu positioning process for the second UE, and a SL positioning process for the first UE.
  • S202 may also be replaced by the AMF determining to locate the first UE, and determining to locate the second UE (or, the AMF determines to perform Uu positioning on the first UE, and performs SL positioning on the second UE).
  • the AMF can decide on the positioning, and can decide on the positioning method (for example, perform Uu positioning on the second UE, and perform SL positioning on the first UE); or, the AMF can decide on the positioning, but not on the positioning method, and the specific positioning method may be decided by the LMF (for example, the AMF decides to locate the first UE, and to locate the second UE; the LMF decides to perform Uu positioning on the second UE, and perform SL positioning on the first UE).
  • the LMF for example, the AMF decides to locate the first UE, and to locate the second UE; the LMF decides to perform Uu positioning on the second UE, and perform SL positioning on the first UE.
  • S202 can be understood as including two processes, one of which is that the AMF determines the positioning requirement for the first UE; and the other process is that the AMF determines to locate the second UE, or the AMF determines to locate the first UE and the second UE.
  • the AMF can determine that the second UE needs to be located based on the first message.
  • the AMF determines that the first UE is connected to the network device via a relay based on the first message, and then in order to locate the first UE, the AMF determines that the second UE needs to be located.
  • S202 can also be understood as including a process, and the process is as described above, the AMF determines to locate the first UE and the second UE, then optionally, S202 can also include that the AMF determines that the first UE is connected to the network device via a relay based on the first message, and then in order to locate the first UE, the AMF determines to initiate a positioning process, for example, the positioning process is for the first UE and the second UE.
  • the AMF can determine to perform positioning based on a variety of factors. For example, if the first UE requests an emergency service, the AMF can determine to perform positioning. If the first UE wants to request an emergency service, it can initiate a process related to the emergency service. For example, if the first message is a NAS message, the AMF can determine that the UE wants to request an emergency service based on the first message, and the AMF can determine to perform positioning. For example, if the first message is a registration request message, the registration type information carried by the registration request message is emergency registration (emergency registration), and the AMF can determine to perform positioning based on the registration type information.
  • emergency registration emergency registration
  • the service type information carried by the service request message is emergency service (emergency service), and the AMF can determine to perform positioning based on the service type information.
  • the AMF can also determine that the UE wants to request emergency services based on other messages other than the first message.
  • the first message is a UL NAS transport message.
  • the AMF determines that the UE wants to request emergency services based on a registration request message carrying registration type information of emergency registration or a service request message carrying service type information of emergency service, and then obtains the information of the second UE included in the first message through the first message.
  • the AMF may determine to locate the first UE based on other factors. For example, if the AMF needs to obtain the location of the first UE in certain scenarios, it may determine to locate the first UE; or the AMF needs to periodically locate the first UE, etc.
  • the first UE may first obtain the information of the second UE.
  • one way for the first UE to obtain the information of the second UE can refer to S203, where the second UE sends a second message to the first UE, the second message includes the information of the second UE, and the first UE can receive the second message from the second UE, so that the first UE obtains the information of the second UE.
  • the second UE can actively send the information of the second UE to the first UE; or, before S203, the first UE can send a third message to the second UE through S204, the third message can request to obtain the information of the second UE or request to obtain the identification of the second UE, and the second UE can send the second message to the first UE after receiving the third message.
  • the information of the second UE may include the identification of the second UE.
  • the second message may be a PC5-RRC message, or a PC5-signaling (S) message, or a PC5-discovery (D) message, etc.
  • the second message may be a message in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established.
  • the third message may be a PC5-RRC message, or a PC5-S message, or a PC5-D message, etc.
  • the third message may be a message in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established.
  • the messages in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE include, for example, a U2N relay discovery announcement message, a relay discovery additional information message, a U2N relay discovery solicitation message, or a U2N relay discovery response message, etc.
  • the messages in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE include, for example, a direct communication request (DCR) message, a security establishment message, or a direct communication access (DCA) message, etc.
  • DCR direct communication request
  • DCA direct communication access
  • the third message is a U2N relay discovery solicitation message, and the second message is a U2N relay discovery response message; for another example, the third message is a DCR message, and the second message is a DCA message; for another example, the second message is a discovery announcement message, and the first UE does not send the third message, etc.
  • Messages after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established for example, including sidelink notification (notification message sidelink) message, sidelink remote UE information (remote UE information sidelink) message, sidelink RRC reconfiguration (RRC reconfiguration sidelink) message, sidelink RRC reconfiguration completion (RRC reconfiguration complete sidelink) message, sidelink RRC reconfiguration failure (RRC reconfiguration failure sidelink) message, sidelink UE assistance information (UE assistance information sidelink) message, sidelink UE capability request (UE capability enquiry sidelink) message, sidelink UE capability information (UE capability information sidelink) message.
  • the third message is an RRC reconfiguration sidelink message
  • the second message is an RRC reconfiguration complete sidelink message or an RRC reconfiguration failure sidelink message
  • the second message is a notification message sidelink message or a UE assistance information sidelink message, and the first UE does not send the third message, and so on.
  • the first UE detects an emergency session establishment request, or in other words, the first UE detects a need to initiate an emergency service, then the first UE may execute S204 and S203, or execute S203 without executing S204.
  • the first UE may discover a UE that can provide relay services for the first UE, for example, the second message and the third message may be messages in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE; or, prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have completed the discovery process but have not established a PC5 connection, the first UE may request to establish a PC5 connection with the second UE, and the second message and the third message may be messages in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE; or, prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have established a PC5 connection, the second message and the third message may be messages after the connection between the first UE and the second UE
  • the first UE may perform S204 and S203, or perform S203 without performing S204.
  • the first UE wants to perform a connection establishment process with the second UE, it may perform S204 and S203, or perform S203 without performing S204.
  • the first UE can obtain the information of the second UE when initiating an emergency service, or the behavior of the first UE obtaining the information of the opposite UE has nothing to do with whether the first UE initiates an emergency service.
  • the protocol predefines that if the first UE performs a discovery process, the first UE obtains the identifier of the discovered UE, and the behavior of the first UE obtaining the identifier of the opposite UE has nothing to do with whether the first UE initiates an emergency service.
  • the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 2 ), and the first indication message may instruct the first UE to send information about the second UE, or instruct the first UE to send relay service information of the first UE.
  • the relay service information of the first UE for example, includes information about the relay UE of the first UE (the second UE in the embodiment of the present application), and/or includes indication information that the first UE accesses the network through the relay UE, etc.
  • S201 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S201.
  • the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S202, that is, if the AMF determines that positioning is to be performed, the first UE may be requested to send information about the second UE or relay service information. If the first UE has a corresponding relay UE (for example, the second UE), the information of the second UE or the relay service information may be sent to the AMF, so that accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance.
  • the value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE. Therefore, the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the AMF determines to perform positioning and has not obtained the information of the second UE from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
  • the first UE initiates a positioning process.
  • the method may further include S203 and S204.
  • S203 and S204 For the relevant contents of these two steps, reference may be made to the above description.
  • the method may not include S202.
  • the first UE may execute S204 and S203, or execute S203 without executing S204.
  • the first UE may determine that there is a positioning requirement when detecting a need to initiate an emergency service, or the first UE may determine that there is a positioning requirement based on other factors.
  • the first UE may discover a UE that can provide a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second message and the third message may be messages in the discovery between the first UE and the second UE; or, prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have completed the discovery process but have not established a PC5 connection, the first UE may request to establish a PC5 connection with the second UE, and the second message and the third message may be messages in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE; or, prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have established a PC5 connection, the second message and the third message may be messages after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established, such as a PC5-RRC message or a PC5-S message.
  • the first UE may perform S204 and S203, or perform S203 without performing S204.
  • the first UE wants to perform a connection establishment process with the second UE, it may perform S204 and S203, or perform S203 without performing S204.
  • the first UE can send a location service request message to the AMF, and the AMF can request positioning from the LMF based on the location service request message.
  • the first message is, for example, the location service request message, and the location service request message as the first message can be called a second location service request message, for example, the second location service request message can be a MO-LR request (MO-LR Request) message.
  • the first message can also be other messages sent by the first UE to the AMF.
  • the first message is a NAS message, and the AMF can determine that the UE wants to request a service based on the first message, but the service is not an emergency service.
  • the first message is a registration request message, but the registration type information carried by the registration request message is not an emergency registration, or the first message is a service request message, but the service type information carried by the service request message is not an emergency service.
  • the first message can also be a UL NAS transport message, and so on.
  • the AMF may also send first indication information to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 2 ).
  • S201 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication information may occur before S201.
  • the step of the AMF sending the first indication information may occur after the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE, that is, the AMF determines that the first UE wants to perform positioning, and then requests the first UE to perform positioning.
  • the UE sends information about the second UE, or requests the first UE to send relay service information of the first UE.
  • the information of the second UE or the relay service information can be sent to the AMF, so that accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved.
  • the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE
  • the first message may not be the positioning service request message sent by the first UE, and the first message may be located after the positioning service request message.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance.
  • the value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE and does not obtain the information of the second UE from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
  • the AMF may also determine to locate the second UE. It can be understood that in the scenario where the first UE initiates positioning, the first UE requests positioning service from the AMF, and after the AMF receives the first message, the AMF determines based on the first message that the first UE is connected to the network device through a relay, then the AMF may decide to locate the second UE to achieve the positioning of the first UE.
  • the method may further include S205, where the LCS sends a positioning service request message to the AMF, and accordingly, the AMF may receive the positioning service request message.
  • the positioning service request message is referred to as a third positioning service request message, and the third positioning service request message may request positioning of the first UE.
  • the LCS may execute S205.
  • the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 2 ), and after the first UE receives the first indication message, S201 may be executed.
  • the implementation method of the first message may refer to the foregoing description of the embodiment of the present application, and will not be described in detail. Therefore, the step in which the AMF sends the first indication message may occur before S201.
  • the step in which the AMF sends the first indication message may occur after S205, that is, if the AMF determines that the first UE is to be positioned, the first UE may be requested to send information about the second UE or relay service information.
  • the first UE may first execute S203 and S204.
  • the method may also include S203 and S204, and the AMF may send a first indication message.
  • the first UE may execute S203 and S204, and then execute S201.
  • the first UE may set the first enabling information, and the AMF may receive the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance, and the value of the first enabling information is the second value or is not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, then the AMF may send the first indication message to the first UE, and after receiving the first indication message, the first UE may execute S203 and S204, and then execute S201.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF does not receive the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the second UE information to the AMF. Then, if the AMF receives the third positioning service request message and does not obtain the second UE information from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. After receiving the first indication information, the first UE can execute S203 and S204, and then execute S201. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
  • the method may include S203 and S204, and the AMF may not send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the protocol may predefine that if the first UE performs a discovery process, the first UE obtains the identifier of the discovered UE; or, if the first UE performs a connection establishment process, the first UE obtains the identifier of the opposite UE.
  • the first UE may send the information of the second UE (for example, including the identifier of the second UE) to the AMF, and the AMF does not have to send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the first UE sets the first enabling information, and the value of the first enabling information is the first value, the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, and the AMF does not have to send the first indication information to the first UE. If this method is adopted, S201 may occur after S205, or before S205, or simultaneously with S205.
  • the method may not include S202.
  • the LCS after receiving the third location service request message, before sending the first location service request message (S206) to the LMF, It can also determine to locate the second UE. It can be understood that in the scenario where LCS initiates positioning, LCS requests AMF to locate the first UE, and after AMF receives the first message, AMF determines based on the first message that the first UE is connected to the network device through the relay, then AMF can decide to locate the second UE to achieve the positioning of the first UE.
  • the positioning process may also be initiated by other network elements, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first UE may also send the first message directly to the LMF, and in this case, the first UE does not need to send the first message to the AMF through S201.
  • the first UE may send the first message to the LMF through the capability transfer of the LTE positioning protocol (LPP), the auxiliary data transfer or the positioning information transfer process.
  • the first message may be an LPP provide capabilities message, an LPP request assistance data message or an LPP provide location information message.
  • AMF sends a first positioning service request message to LMF.
  • LMF receives the first positioning service request message from AMF.
  • S206 is applicable to the above-mentioned method of initiating the positioning process by AMF, the method of initiating the positioning process by the first UE, or the method of initiating the positioning process by LCS.
  • the first positioning service request message can be used to request positioning of the second UE, and positioning of the first UE (or initiating positioning between the first UE and the second UE); or, the first positioning service request message can be used to request Uu positioning of the second UE, and SL positioning of the first UE (or initiating SL positioning between the first UE and the second UE).
  • the first positioning service request message is, for example, location service request, or a service-based interface location determination (Service-based interface exhibited by LMF Location_DetermineLocation, Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation) message displayed by LMF.
  • location service request or a service-based interface location determination (Service-based interface exhibited by LMF Location_DetermineLocation, Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation) message displayed by LMF.
  • the first positioning service request message may include information about the second UE and information about the first UE.
  • the information about the second UE included in the first positioning service request message may be the information about the second UE included in the first message, such as including one or more of the following: an identifier of the second UE, quality information of a received signal of the first UE for a signal from the second UE, or information about the transmission power of the second UE to the first UE.
  • the information of the second UE included in the first positioning service request message may also include one or more of the following: LCS association identifier, service cell identifier, client type, whether the second UE supports the LTE positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP), quality of service (quality of service, QoS) information required by the second UE, or positioning capability information of the second UE.
  • the AMF may obtain the above information based on the registration information of the second UE.
  • the LCS association identifier may indicate the LCS associated with the second UE.
  • the service cell identifier is the identifier of the service cell of the second UE.
  • the client type may indicate the type of the second UE.
  • the information of the first UE included in the first positioning service request message may include an identifier of the first UE.
  • the first positioning service request message itself can be used to request Uu positioning of the second UE.
  • the first positioning service request message may also include a SL positioning indication for requesting SL positioning of the first UE, or for requesting to initiate SL positioning between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the first positioning service request message may request positioning of the first UE and the second UE without requesting a specific positioning method. As for which positioning method (such as Uu positioning or SL positioning) should be used for the two UEs, it can be decided by the LMF.
  • the LMF exchanges information related to the positioning of the second UE with a network device (e.g., an access network device) involved in positioning the second UE.
  • the RAN in FIG2 represents a network device involved in positioning the second UE.
  • the network devices involved in positioning the second UE may include one or more.
  • the LMF and the RAN may exchange information related to the positioning of the second UE through the NR Positioning Protocol A (NR Positioning Protocol A, NRPPa).
  • the RAN may provide assistance data to the LMF through an assistance data delivery process, and the assistance data may include PRS-related configuration information of the network device, etc.
  • the LMF may request positioning measurement from the RAN through a location information forwarding or assistance data transfer process, and provide necessary assistance data to the gNB, and the assistance data may include SRS configuration information of the UE, etc.
  • the LMF may also request activation or deactivation of the SRS transmission of the UE from the RAN through a positioning activation or deactivation process.
  • LMF exchanges information related to the positioning of the second UE with the second UE.
  • LMF and the second UE may exchange information related to the positioning of the second UE through the LTE positioning protocol (LPP).
  • LMF may obtain the capability information of the UE through a capability transfer process.
  • LMF may provide assistance data to the UE through an assistance data transfer process, and the UE may request assistance data from LMF.
  • the assistance data may include PRS-related configuration information of the network device, etc., so that the UE may know how to receive the PRS.
  • LMF may also request a positioning result from the UE through a location information transfer process, or request a positioning measurement from the UE for position calculation.
  • the LMF can obtain the location information of the second UE.
  • the location information of the second UE obtained by the LMF is the absolute location information of the second UE.
  • the absolute location information of the second UE can be obtained through global satellite
  • the location information of the second UE may be expressed in terms of global positioning system (GPS) coordinates, for example, by longitude and latitude.
  • GPS global positioning system
  • the LMF may send the location information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the LMF may not send the location information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • LMF requests to initiate SL positioning of the first UE and the second UE may be determined by the first UE or the second UE.
  • the first UE and the second UE perform SL positioning. There are many ways to perform SL positioning, which will be introduced later.
  • the first UE sends the SL positioning result to the LMF, or the second UE sends the SL positioning result to the LMF.
  • LMF may request the first UE to perform SL positioning with the second UE, and S211 may be the first UE sending the SL positioning result to LMF.
  • LMF sends a fourth message to the first UE, and the fourth message is, for example, an LPP message.
  • the fourth message may request the first UE to perform SL positioning with the second UE, or request the first UE to perform positioning with the second UE.
  • the fourth message may be sent by LMF to the second UE, and then forwarded by the second UE to the first UE.
  • the fourth message may include an identifier of the second UE.
  • the first UE may execute S210 to perform SL positioning with the second UE.
  • the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, and/or the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, and the first UE may obtain the first measurement result.
  • the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE
  • the second UE may send the corresponding measurement result to the first UE so that the first UE can obtain the first measurement result.
  • the SL positioning result is the first measurement result.
  • the first UE can send the first measurement result to the LMF.
  • the LMF can obtain the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE according to the first measurement result, or obtain the absolute position information of the first UE.
  • the LMF obtains the absolute position information of the first UE according to the first measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE.
  • the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE can be understood as the information of the position of the first UE relative to the second UE.
  • the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE is the distance and angle of the first UE relative to the second UE.
  • the first UE obtains the first measurement result, it can obtain the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE according to the first measurement result, or obtain the absolute position information of the first UE.
  • the SL positioning result is the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE or the absolute position information of the first UE.
  • the SL positioning result sent by the first UE in S211 may include the first measurement result, or include the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE, or include the absolute position information of the first UE.
  • the first UE knows the absolute position information of the second UE, the first UE can obtain the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE; if the first UE does not know the absolute position information of the second UE, the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE can be obtained based on the first measurement result.
  • LMF may request the second UE to perform SL positioning with the first UE, and S211 may be the second UE sending the SL positioning result to LMF.
  • LMF sends a fourth message to the second UE, and the fourth message is, for example, an LPP message, and the fourth message may request the second UE to perform SL positioning with the first UE, or request the second UE to perform positioning with the first UE.
  • the fourth message may include an identifier of the first UE.
  • the second UE may execute S210 to perform SL positioning with the first UE.
  • the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, and/or the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, and the second UE may obtain the second measurement result.
  • the first UE may send the corresponding measurement result to the second UE so that the second UE can obtain the second measurement result.
  • the SL positioning result sent by the second UE may be the second measurement result
  • the LMF may obtain the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE according to the second measurement result, or obtain the absolute position information of the first UE, for example, the LMF obtains the absolute position information of the first UE according to the second measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE.
  • the second UE may obtain the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE according to the second measurement result, or obtain the absolute position information of the first UE.
  • the SL positioning result sent by the second UE may be the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE or the absolute position information of the first UE.
  • the SL positioning result obtained by the second UE may include the second measurement result, or include the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE, or include the absolute position information of the first UE.
  • the second UE may obtain the absolute position information of the first UE according to the second measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE; and if the second UE does not know its own absolute position information, the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE may be obtained according to the second measurement result.
  • the LMF obtains first information.
  • the first information may indicate the location of the first UE, for example, the first information includes location information of the first UE.
  • the LMF obtains the absolute position information of the second UE through S207 and S208, and also obtains the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE, or the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE, or the absolute position information of the first UE through S209 to S211.
  • LMF obtains the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE, or the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE through S209 ⁇ S211
  • LMF can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the absolute position information of the second UE and the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE (or the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE).
  • LMF sends the first information to AMF.
  • AMF receives the first information from LMF.
  • the LMF may send the first information to the AMF as a response to the first positioning request message.
  • the first information may include the location information of the first UE.
  • the AMF does not need to perform too many determination processes.
  • the LMF does not send the absolute location information of the second UE to the AMF after S208, the first information may also include the absolute location information of the second UE.
  • the LMF may not send the absolute location information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the location information of the first UE included in the first information is the relative location information of the first UE
  • the relative location information of the first UE includes, for example, the relative location information of the first UE and the second UE, or the relative location information of the second UE and the first UE. That is, the LMF does not determine the absolute location information of the first UE based on the relative location information of the first UE, but sends the relative location information of the first UE to the AMF, thereby reducing the burden on the LMF for determining the absolute location information of the first UE.
  • the first information may also include the absolute location information of the second UE, and the AMF may determine the absolute location information of the first UE based on the relative location information of the first UE and the absolute location information of the second UE.
  • the AMF may also send the absolute location information of the first UE to the first UE.
  • the AMF may also send the absolute location information of the first UE to the LCS.
  • S210 involves the SL positioning process of the first UE and the second UE, and an SL positioning process is introduced as an example below.
  • the SL positioning process can also be applied to various embodiments to be introduced later in this application.
  • the distance between the first UE and the second UE can be determined by a multi-round-trip time (RTT) positioning method, and the angle between the first UE and the second UE can also be determined by an angle-based positioning method, such as AOA or AOD. Based on the distance between the first UE and the second UE and the angle between the first UE and the second UE, the relative position between the first UE and the second UE can be obtained.
  • RTT multi-round-trip time
  • the first UE may determine that it is necessary to initiate SL positioning between the first UE and the second UE, and the first UE may also determine the positioning method, for example, determine to obtain the relative position of the first UE and the second UE through Multi-RTT and angle-based positioning methods.
  • the first UE may send the SL positioning reference signal configuration information of the first UE to the second UE, so that the second UE can receive the SL positioning reference signal from the first UE accordingly.
  • the first UE may also receive the SL positioning reference signal configuration information of the second UE from the second UE, so that the first UE can receive the SL positioning reference signal from the second UE accordingly.
  • the second UE measures the SL positioning reference signal from the first UE and obtains measurement result 1, and the second UE may send measurement result 1 to the first UE; the first UE measures the SL positioning reference signal from the second UE and obtains measurement result 2, and the first UE may obtain the first measurement result based on measurement result 1 and/or measurement result 2.
  • the first UE may send the first measurement result to the LMF, or send the location information obtained based on the first measurement result to the LMF.
  • the second UE may determine that it is necessary to initiate SL positioning between the first UE and the second UE, and the second UE may also determine the positioning method, for example, determine to obtain the relative position of the first UE and the second UE through Multi-RTT and angle-based positioning methods.
  • the second UE may send the SL positioning reference signal configuration information of the second UE to the first UE, so that the first UE can receive the SL positioning reference signal from the second UE accordingly.
  • the first UE may also send the SL positioning reference signal configuration information of the first UE to the second UE, so that the second UE can receive the SL positioning reference signal from the first UE accordingly.
  • the first UE measures the SL positioning reference signal from the second UE and obtains measurement result 1.
  • the first UE may send measurement result 1 to the second UE.
  • the second UE measures the SL positioning reference signal from the first UE and obtains measurement result 2.
  • the second UE may obtain a second measurement result based on measurement result 1 and/or measurement result 2.
  • the second UE may send the second measurement result to the LMF, or send the location information obtained based on the second measurement result to the LMF.
  • the second UE provides a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second UE is a relay UE and the first UE is a remote UE.
  • the first UE can send information about the second UE to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second UE, thereby the first network device can initiate Uu positioning of the relay UE.
  • the first network device can also request SL positioning of the first UE, so that SL positioning can be performed between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized.
  • the AMF requests the LMF to perform SL positioning on the first UE.
  • a second communication method is provided, in which the LMF may not request the SL positioning process between the first UE and the second UE. Please refer to FIG3 , which is a flow chart of the method.
  • the first UE sends a first message to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the first message from the first UE.
  • the second UE can provide a relay service for the first UE.
  • the first message can be sent to the AMF through the access network device.
  • the first message is, for example, a NAS message, or it can also be an AS message, for example, an AS message is an RRC message.
  • the first message can be a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a positioning service request message, etc.
  • the first message is a NAS message
  • the first message can be transparently transmitted to the AMF through the access network device. For example, after the access network device receives the first message, the access network device will not read the first message, but forward the first message to the AMF.
  • the implementation method of the first message and other contents may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first message includes information about the second UE, and the second UE provides relay service for the first UE, which is equivalent to enabling the AMF to learn information about the relay UE of the first UE through the first message.
  • the information about the second UE includes, for example, an identifier of the second UE, such as an ID of the second UE.
  • an ID of the second UE For information about the identifier of the second UE, reference may be made to S201 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the information of the second UE may include, in addition to the identifier of the second UE, received signal quality information and/or SL transmission power information of the second UE (or, transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE).
  • the received quality information may indicate the received signal quality of the first UE for the signal from the second UE. For more information on this, please refer to S201 of the embodiment shown in FIG2 .
  • the first UE may actively send information of the second UE to the AMF, or the first UE may not actively send information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the first UE may set the first enabling information, and for more information on this, refer to S201 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the positioning process may be initiated by the AMF, or by the first UE, or by the LCS.
  • the execution process may be correspondingly different, which is described below by example.
  • AMF initiates the positioning process.
  • the method may further include S302, where the AMF determines to locate the second UE, or the AMF determines to perform Uu positioning on the second UE.
  • the AMF can decide on the positioning, and can decide on the positioning method (for example, performing Uu positioning on the second UE); or, the AMF can decide on the positioning, but not on the positioning method, and the specific positioning method can be decided by the LMF (for example, the AMF decides to locate the second UE; the LMF decides to perform Uu positioning on the second UE).
  • S302 can be understood as including two processes, one of which is that the AMF determines the positioning requirement for the first UE; and the other process is that the AMF determines to locate the second UE. For example, after the AMF receives the first message, the AMF can determine that the second UE needs to be located based on the first message. For example, the AMF determines that the first UE is connected to the network device via a relay based on the first message. In order to locate the first UE, the AMF determines that the second UE needs to be located.
  • S202 can also be understood as including a process, and the process is as described above, the AMF determines to locate the second UE.
  • S202 can also include that the AMF determines that the first UE is connected to the network device via a relay based on the first message.
  • the AMF determines to initiate a positioning process, for example, the positioning process is for the second UE.
  • the AMF may determine the execution positioning according to various factors, and for more details, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the first UE may first obtain the information of the second UE.
  • one way for the first UE to obtain the information of the second UE may refer to S303, where the second UE sends a second message to the first UE, and the second message includes the information of the second UE. Then the first UE may receive the second message from the second UE, and the first UE obtains the information of the second UE.
  • the second UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the first UE; or, before S303, the first UE may send a third message to the second UE, and the third message may request to obtain the information of the second UE.
  • the second UE may send the second message to the first UE after receiving the third message.
  • the information of the second UE may include the identifier of the second UE.
  • the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE.
  • the first indication message may instruct the first UE to send information about the second UE, or instruct the first UE to send relay service information of the first UE.
  • the relay service information of the first UE for example, includes information about the relay UE of the first UE (the second UE in the embodiment of the present application), and/or includes indication information that the first UE accesses the network through the relay UE, etc.
  • S301 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S301.
  • the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S302, that is, if the AMF determines that positioning is to be performed, it may request the first UE to send information about the second UE or relay service information. If the first UE has a corresponding relay UE (for example, the second UE), the information of the second UE or relay service information may be sent to the AMF. Thereby, accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance.
  • the value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE. Therefore, the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the AMF determines to perform positioning and has not obtained the information of the second UE from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
  • the first UE initiates a positioning process.
  • the method may further include S303 and S304.
  • S303 and S304 For the relevant contents of these two steps, reference may be made to the above description.
  • the method may not include S302.
  • the first UE may execute S304 and S303, or execute S303 but not S304.
  • S304 and S303 For more information (such as the second message and the third message, etc.), please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
  • the first UE can send a positioning service request message to the AMF, and the AMF can request positioning from the LMF according to the positioning service request message.
  • the first message is, for example, the positioning service request message, and the positioning service request message as the first message can be called the second positioning service request message; or, the first message can also be other messages sent by the first UE to the AMF.
  • the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 3 ).
  • S301 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S301.
  • the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE, that is, if the AMF determines that the second UE is to perform positioning, it may request the first UE to send the information of the second UE, or request the first UE to send the relay service information of the first UE.
  • the information of the second UE or the relay service information may be sent to the AMF, so that accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved.
  • the AMF sends the first indication message to the first UE
  • the first message may not be the positioning service request message sent by the first UE, and the first message may be located after the positioning service request message.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance.
  • the value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE and does not obtain the information of the second UE from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
  • the AMF may also determine to locate the second UE. It can be understood that in the scenario where the first UE initiates positioning, the first UE requests positioning service from the AMF, and after the AMF receives the first message, the AMF determines based on the first message that the first UE is connected to the network device through a relay, then the AMF may decide to locate the second UE to achieve the positioning of the first UE.
  • the method may further include S305, where the LCS sends a positioning service request message to the AMF, and accordingly, the AMF may receive the positioning service request message.
  • the positioning service request message is referred to as a third positioning service request message, and the third positioning service request message may request positioning of the first UE.
  • the LCS may execute S305.
  • the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 3 ), and after the first UE receives the first indication message, S301 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S301. In addition, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S305, that is, if the AMF determines that the second UE is to be located, it may request the first UE to send the information of the second UE or the relay service information.
  • the first UE has a corresponding relay UE (such as the second UE)
  • the information of the second UE or the relay service information may be sent to the AMF, thereby achieving accurate positioning of the first UE.
  • the method may also include S303 and S304, and the relevant contents of these two steps may refer to the previous introduction. For example, before executing S301, the first UE may first execute S303 and S304.
  • the method may include S303 and S304, and the AMF may send a The first indication information is sent.
  • the AMF may send a The first indication information.
  • the method may include S303 and S304, and the AMF may not send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the method may include S303 and S304, and the AMF may not send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the method may not include S302.
  • AMF can also determine to locate the second UE before sending the first positioning service request message (S206) to LMF. It can be understood that in the scenario where LCS initiates positioning, LCS requests AMF to locate the first UE, and after AMF receives the first message, AMF determines based on the first message that the first UE is connected to the network device through a relay, then AMF can decide to locate the second UE to achieve the positioning of the first UE.
  • the positioning process may also be initiated by other network elements, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first UE may also send the first message directly to the LMF, and the first UE does not need to send the first message to the AMF through S301.
  • the first UE may send the first message to the LMF through the capability transfer, auxiliary data transfer or positioning information transfer process of the LPP protocol, for example, the first message may be an LPP provide capabilities message, an LPP request assistance data message or an LPP provide location information message.
  • AMF sends a first positioning service request message to LMF.
  • LMF receives the first positioning service request message from AMF.
  • the first positioning service request message can be used to request Uu positioning for the second UE, or to request positioning for the second UE.
  • the first positioning service request message is, for example, location service request or Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation message.
  • the first positioning service request message may include information about the second UE.
  • the information about the second UE included in the first positioning service request message may be information about the second UE included in the first message, such as one or more of the following: an identifier of the second UE, quality information of a received signal of the first UE for a signal from the second UE, or information about the transmission power of the second UE to the first UE.
  • the information of the second UE included in the first positioning service request message may also include one or more of the following: LCS association identifier, service cell identifier, client type, whether the second UE supports LPP, QoS information required by the second UE, or positioning capability information of the second UE.
  • the AMF may obtain the above information based on the registration information of the second UE.
  • the LCS association identifier may indicate the LCS associated with the second UE.
  • the service cell identifier is the identifier of the service cell of the second UE.
  • the client type may indicate the type of the second UE.
  • the first positioning service request message itself can be used to request Uu positioning of the second UE.
  • the first positioning service request message can request positioning of the second UE without requesting a specific positioning method.
  • positioning method such as Uu positioning or SL positioning
  • it can be decided by the LMF.
  • the LMF interacts with a network device (eg, an access network device) involved in positioning the second UE to obtain information related to the positioning of the second UE.
  • a network device eg, an access network device
  • the LMF interacts with the second UE to obtain information related to the positioning of the second UE.
  • the LMF can obtain the location information of the second UE.
  • the location information of the second UE obtained by the LMF is the absolute location information of the second UE.
  • S307 and S308 refer to S207 and S208 in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, respectively.
  • LMF sends the location information of the second UE to AMF.
  • AMF receives the location information of the second UE from LMF. For example, if the location information of the second UE obtained by LMF is the absolute location information of the second UE, then what LMF sends to AMF may also be the absolute location information of the second UE.
  • the first UE initiates SL positioning with the second UE.
  • the first UE can initiate SL positioning with the second UE.
  • the first UE considers that there is a positioning requirement when it detects that there is a need to initiate an emergency service, or the first UE may also have a positioning requirement in other situations, such as when a map application (APP) installed in the first UE is called.
  • APP map application
  • the first UE may actively initiate positioning with the second UE, or the first UE may not actively initiate positioning with the second UE.
  • the first UE may set the second enabling information. If the first UE sets the value of the second enabling information to the third value, it indicates that the first UE may actively initiate positioning with the second UE, for example, the first UE may actively initiate positioning with the second UE when there is a positioning requirement; if the first UE sets the value of the second enabling information to the fourth value, or does not set the value of the second enabling information to the third value, it indicates that the first UE will not actively initiate positioning with the second UE, for example, the first UE will not actively initiate positioning with the second UE when there is a positioning requirement.
  • the first UE may send the value of the second enabling information to the AMF in advance, or the first UE may not set the value of the second enabling information to the AMF in advance. The value of the information is communicated to the AMF.
  • the first UE may actively execute S310, and S310 may occur before S301-S302 and S306-S309, or after S301-S302 and S305-S309, or simultaneously with any one or more of S301-S302 and S305-S309, or may also occur before or after any one of S301-S302 and S305-S309.
  • the AMF may send a second indication message to the first UE to instruct the first UE to initiate SL positioning with the second UE, or to instruct the first UE to initiate positioning with the second UE.
  • the AMF may send the second indication information to the first UE after S302, or the AMF may send the second indication information to the first UE after receiving the positioning service request message from the first UE, or the AMF may send the second indication information to the first UE after receiving the third positioning service request message (S305) from the LCS.
  • the first UE can obtain a first measurement result by measuring the signal from the second UE.
  • the first UE can determine the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE based on the first measurement result; or, if the first UE knows the absolute position information of the second UE, the first UE can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE.
  • the relative position information between the first UE and the second UE can be understood as information about the position of the first UE relative to the second UE.
  • the first UE sends second information to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the second information from the first UE.
  • the second information may include the first measurement result, and the AMF may determine the absolute location information of the first UE after receiving the first measurement result. For example, the AMF may determine the absolute location information of the first UE based on the first measurement result; or the AMF may determine the relative location information of the first UE and the second UE based on the first measurement result, and then determine the location information of the first UE in combination with the location information of the second UE obtained from the LMF in S309.
  • the second information may include relative position information between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the AMF can determine the position information of the first UE based on the relative position information and the position information of the second UE obtained from the LMF in S309.
  • the second information may include absolute location information of the first UE.
  • the AMF may also send the absolute location information of the first UE to the first UE.
  • the AMF may also send the absolute location information of the first UE to the LCS.
  • the second UE provides a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second UE is a relay UE and the first UE is a remote UE.
  • the first UE device can send information about the second UE to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second UE, thereby the first network device can initiate Uu positioning of the relay UE.
  • the first UE can initiate SL positioning with the second UE, so that SL positioning can be performed between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized.
  • the SL positioning process in the embodiment of the present application can be initiated by the UE, and the network device does not need to be too involved, which can reduce the positioning delay.
  • the positioning process can be initiated by the UE to be positioned (e.g., the first UE).
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a third communication method, which involves scenarios such as a scenario in which the positioning process is initiated by the first UE, or may also include other scenarios, such as a scenario in which the positioning process is initiated by the AMF or a scenario in which the positioning process is initiated by the LCS.
  • the first UE can take a more active position and reduce the participation of network devices.
  • Figure 4 is a flow chart of the method.
  • the first UE sends the fifth message to the second UE.
  • the second UE can receive the fifth message from the first UE.
  • the first UE also performs SL positioning with the second UE.
  • the first UE performs SL positioning with the second UE, and the process may include one or more steps.
  • the step of the first UE sending the fifth message may occur before or after any one of the one or more steps, or may also occur simultaneously with any one or more of the one or more steps.
  • the fifth message can be used to request the location information of the second UE.
  • the fifth message may be a message in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message after the connection establishment between the first UE and the second UE is completed.
  • a message in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE or a message in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message after the connection establishment between the first UE and the second UE is completed.
  • the first UE is connected to the network through a relay UE (such as a second UE).
  • the first UE can execute S401. For example, if the first UE detects that there is a need to initiate an emergency service, it is considered that the first UE has a positioning requirement, or the first UE may also have a positioning requirement in other scenarios.
  • the first UE before the first UE sends the fifth message to the second UE, the first UE receives the sixth message from the LMF, and the LMF requests the location information of the first UE through the sixth message.
  • the LMF can send the sixth message to the first UE after receiving the positioning request message from the AMF, and the AMF can determine the location of the first UE or receive the positioning request message from the LCS. After the request, a positioning request message is sent to LMF.
  • One way for the first UE to perform the SL positioning process with the second UE is that the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, and/or the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, and the first UE can obtain a first measurement result.
  • the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE
  • the second UE can send the obtained measurement result to the first UE so that the first UE can obtain the first measurement result.
  • the first UE can determine the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE based on the first measurement result; or, if the first UE knows the absolute position information of the second UE, the first UE can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE.
  • the relative position information between the first UE and the second UE can be understood as information about the position of the first UE relative to the second UE.
  • one way for the first UE to perform the SL positioning process with the second UE is that the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, and/or the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, and the second UE can obtain the second measurement result.
  • the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE
  • the first UE can send the obtained measurement result to the second UE so that the second UE can obtain the second measurement result.
  • the second UE can determine the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE based on the second measurement result; or, if the second UE knows its own absolute position information, the second UE can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the second measurement result.
  • the relative position information between the second UE and the first UE can be understood as information about the position of the second UE relative to the first UE.
  • S402 The second UE initiates a positioning process for the second UE. Optionally, if the absolute position information of the second UE is known, S402 may not be performed.
  • the second UE may send a location service request message to the AMF.
  • the AMF may request the LMF to perform Uu positioning on the second UE.
  • the LMF obtains the absolute location information of the second UE.
  • the LMF may send the absolute location information of the second UE to the AMF, and the AMF may send the absolute location information of the second UE to the second UE, so that the second UE obtains the absolute location information of the second UE.
  • the second UE sends third information to the first UE.
  • the first UE receives the third information from the second UE.
  • the third information can be used to determine the location information of the first UE.
  • the third information includes the absolute position information of the second UE, and the first UE obtains the first measurement result or the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE in S401, wherein the first measurement result can be used to determine the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE. Then the first UE can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result or the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE obtained in S401, and the absolute position information of the second UE.
  • the third information includes the absolute position information of the first UE.
  • the second UE may determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the second measurement result obtained in S401 or the relative position information between the second UE and the first UE, and the absolute position information of the second UE; or, the second UE may determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the second measurement result obtained in S401.
  • the second UE may send the absolute position information of the first UE to the first UE.
  • the second measurement result may be used to determine the relative position information between the second UE and the first UE.
  • the third information includes the absolute position information of the first UE.
  • the first UE may send the first measurement result obtained in S401 or the relative position information between the first UE and the second UE to the second UE, wherein the first measurement result may be used to determine the relative position information between the first UE and the second UE.
  • the second UE may determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result or the relative position information between the first UE and the second UE, and the absolute position information of the second UE, and the second UE may send the absolute position information of the first UE to the first UE.
  • Method 1 positioning the target UE through Uu positioning + SL positioning
  • Method 2 positioning the target UE only through Uu positioning.
  • the positioning methods involved in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 4 are all Method 1, and Method 2 is discussed below.
  • AMF can request positioning from LMF, and the request can carry the cell identity number (ID). If in a non-relay positioning scenario, the cell is the cell where the target UE to be located is located. However, in a relay scenario, since the core network equipment is not aware of the relay UE, that is, the AMF believes that the cell ID of the relay UE is the cell ID of the target UE, the cell ID carried in the request is the ID of the cell where the relay UE is located. LMF will refer to the cell ID to determine which base stations' PRSs are used to locate the target UE, but the cell ID is not the ID of the cell where the target UE is located. This causes the base station determined by the LMF to be inaccurate.
  • the LMF determines The PRS sent by the determined base station cannot be received by the target UE, resulting in the inability to locate the target UE.
  • the PRS sent by access network devices 1 to 3 can all be received by the relay UE, and these three access network devices may be determined as access network devices for locating the target UE, but the PRS sent by these three access network devices cannot be received by the target UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application provides a fourth communication method, through which the accuracy of the determined network devices (such as access network devices) involved in positioning the target UE can be improved, thereby improving the accuracy of positioning the target UE.
  • the accuracy of the determined network devices such as access network devices
  • Figure 6 is a flow chart of the method.
  • the first UE sends a first message to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the first message from the first UE.
  • the first message may be sent to the AMF through the access network device.
  • the first message may be, for example, a NAS message, or may also be an AS message, for example, an AS message is an RRC message.
  • the first message may be a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a positioning service request message, etc.
  • the first message may be transparently transmitted to the AMF through the access network device. For example, after the access network device receives the first message, the access network device will not read the first message, but forward the information included in the first message to the AMF.
  • the first message may include relay information and/or network device information.
  • the second UE may provide relay service for the first UE, for example, the first UE is a remote UE and the second UE is a relay UE.
  • the relay information may include one or more of the following: received signal quality information, transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE, an identifier of the second UE, or indication information.
  • the received quality information may indicate the received signal quality of the first UE for the signal from the second UE, for example, the parameter corresponding to the received signal quality information is one or more of RSRP, RSRQ or SINR.
  • the first UE may obtain the received signal quality information by measuring the signal from the second UE.
  • the signal may be a signal in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established.
  • the signal may be a signal dedicated to measurement, such as a reference signal for measurement, or may be a signal with other functions.
  • the second UE may inform the first UE of the transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE.
  • the second UE may send the transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE to the first UE during the discovery process with the first UE, during the connection establishment process, or after the connection establishment is completed.
  • the signal corresponding to the transmission power may be a second message, or may be other signals sent by the second UE to the first UE.
  • the signal may be a signal during the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal during the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established.
  • the indication information included in the relay information may indicate that the first UE connects to the network through a relay, or indicates that the first UE accepts relay services, or indicates that the first UE is a remote UE, etc.
  • the network device information included in the first message may indicate a network device on which the first UE can receive signals.
  • the network device information may include an identifier of a network device on which the first UE can receive signals.
  • the network devices on which the first UE can receive signals may be understood as signals sent by these network devices that can be received by the first UE.
  • the signal is, for example, a PRS.
  • the network device is, for example, an access network device, and the number of the access network devices may be one or more.
  • the network device information included in the first message may indicate an identifier of a cell on which the first UE can receive signals.
  • the signal is, for example, a PRS.
  • the first UE may actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF, or the first UE may not actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF.
  • the first UE may set the first enabling information. If the first UE sets the value of the first enabling information to the first value, it indicates that the first UE can actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF (or actively obtain and send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF), for example, the first UE can actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF when initiating an emergency service or when the first UE has a positioning requirement; if the first UE sets the value of the first enabling information to the second value, or does not set the value of the first enabling information to the first value, it indicates that the first UE will not actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF (or, will not actively obtain relay information and/or network device information, and/or will not actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF.
  • the positioning process may be initiated by the AMF, or by the first UE, or by the LCS.
  • the execution process may be correspondingly different, which is described below by example.
  • AMF initiates the positioning process.
  • the method may further include S602, the AMF determines to locate the first UE, or the AMF determines to perform Uu positioning on the first UE.
  • the AMF may determine the execution positioning according to various factors, and for more information, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
  • the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in Figure 6), and the first indication message may instruct the first UE to send relay information and/or network equipment information.
  • S601 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S601.
  • the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S602, that is, if the AMF determines that positioning is to be performed, it may request the first UE to send relay information and/or network equipment information.
  • the first UE may send relay information and/or network equipment information to the AMF based on the first indication message, so that accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance, and the value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send relay information and/or network equipment information to the AMF, then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send relay information and/or network equipment information to the AMF, then, if the AMF determines to perform positioning and has not obtained the relay information and/or network equipment information from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
  • the first UE initiates a positioning process.
  • the first UE may execute S601.
  • the first UE may determine that there is a positioning requirement when detecting a requirement to initiate an emergency service, or the first UE may determine that there is a positioning requirement based on other factors.
  • the method may not include S602.
  • the first UE can send a location service request message to the AMF, and the AMF can request positioning from the LMF according to the message.
  • the first message is, for example, the location service request message, and the location service request message as the first message can be called the second positioning service request message; or, the first message can also be other messages sent by the first UE to the AMF.
  • the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE, which step is not shown in Figure 6.
  • S601 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S601.
  • the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after the AMF receives the location service request message from the first UE, that is, the AMF determines that the first UE is to perform positioning, and then requests the first UE to send relay information and/or network equipment information.
  • the first UE may send relay information and/or network equipment information to the AMF according to the first indication information, so as to achieve accurate positioning of the first UE.
  • the AMF also sends the first indication message to the first UE, the first message may not be the location service request message sent by the first UE, and the first message may be located after the location service request message.
  • the first UE when the first UE initiates the positioning process, the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF receives the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance.
  • the value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF, then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE.
  • the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF does not receive the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF.
  • the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE and does not obtain the relay information and/or network device information from the first UE, the first indication information can be sent to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
  • the method may further include S603, where the LCS sends a positioning service request message to the AMF, and accordingly, the AMF may receive the positioning service request message.
  • the positioning service request message is referred to as a third positioning service request message, and the third positioning service request message may request positioning of the first UE.
  • the LCS may execute S603.
  • the method may not include S602.
  • AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 6 ).
  • S601 may be executed. Therefore, the step of AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S601.
  • the step of AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S603, that is, if AMF determines that the first UE needs to be located, it may request the first UE to send relay information and/or network device information.
  • the first UE may send relay information and/or network device information to AMF according to the first indication message, so as to achieve accurate positioning of the first UE.
  • S601 is an optional step.
  • S606 to be described later may be performed.
  • the first UE sends the first message to the LMF again.
  • the first UE can also obtain the information of the second UE from the second UE.
  • the relay information included in the first message includes information of the second UE such as the identifier of the second UE and/or the transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE.
  • the positioning process may also be initiated by other network elements, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the first UE may also send the first message directly to the LMF, and the first UE does not need to send the first message to the AMF through S601.
  • the first UE may send the first message to the LMF through the capability transfer, auxiliary data transfer or positioning information transfer process of the LPP protocol, for example, the first message may be an LPP provide capabilities message, an LPP request assistance data message or an LPP provide location information message.
  • AMF sends a first positioning service request message to LMF.
  • LMF receives the first positioning service request message from AMF.
  • the first positioning service request message can be used to request Uu positioning for the first UE, or to request positioning for the first UE.
  • the first positioning service request message is, for example, location service request or Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation message.
  • the first positioning service request message may include relay information and/or network device information.
  • the relay information included in the first positioning service request message may be the relay information included in the first message;
  • the network device information included in the first positioning service request message may be the network device information included in the first message.
  • the first positioning service request message may also include information of the first UE, for example, one or more of the following: LCS association identifier, service cell identifier, client type, whether the first UE supports LPP, QoS information required by the first UE, or positioning capability information of the first UE.
  • the AMF may obtain the information of the first UE based on the registration information of the first UE, or the information of the first UE may also be included in the first message.
  • the LCS association identifier may indicate the LCS associated with the first UE.
  • the service cell identifier is the identifier of the service cell of the first UE.
  • the client type may indicate the type of the first UE.
  • the LMF interacts with a network device (eg, an access network device) involved in positioning the first UE to obtain information related to the positioning of the first UE.
  • a network device eg, an access network device
  • LMF may determine the network devices involved in positioning the first UE with reference to the information included in the first positioning service request message, and then interact with the determined network devices for information related to the positioning of the first UE. For example, LMF determines the network devices involved in positioning the first UE based on the relay information and/or network device information included in the first positioning service request. For example, LMF can estimate the distance between the first UE and the second UE based on the received signal quality information and/or the SL transmission power information of the second UE included in the first positioning service request, and LMF can roughly determine the location of the second UE based on the service cell of the second UE.
  • LMF can determine the range of the location of the first UE based on the distance between the first UE and the second UE and the location of the second UE (the location at this time is a roughly estimated location), so LMF can determine which network devices the first UE can receive PRS from, so that some or all of these network devices can be determined as network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE.
  • the LMF may further determine the network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE based on the range of the first UE's position and the information of the network devices that the first UE can receive signals from included in the first positioning service request. For example, if the LMF determines network devices 1 to 3 based on the range of the first UE's position, and the information of the network devices that the first UE can receive signals from does not include the information of network device 1, then the LMF may determine that the network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE include network devices 2 and 3, but not network device 1.
  • the LMF may not consider the information included in the first positioning service request, but determine the network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE based on the information of the network devices from which the first UE can receive signals included in the first positioning service request. For example, the LMF may determine all or part of the network devices indicated by the information of the network devices from which the first UE can receive signals as network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE.
  • the network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE determined by the LMF are, for example, access network devices, such as base stations, TPs, TRPs, RPs or cells.
  • the LMF interacts with the first UE to obtain information related to the positioning of the first UE.
  • the first UE is positioned, and the LMF can obtain the location information of the first UE.
  • the location information of the first UE obtained by the LMF is the absolute location information of the first UE.
  • S605 and S606 refer to S207 and S208 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, respectively.
  • the first UE may send a first message to the LMF in S606.
  • the first UE may send the first message to the LMF through the capability transmission of the LPP protocol, the auxiliary data transmission or the positioning information transmission process.
  • the first message may provide the capability of the LPP (LPP provide capabilities) message, LPP request assistance data (LPP request assistance data) message or LPP provide location information (LPP provide location information) message.
  • LMF sends the location information of the first UE to AMF.
  • AMF receives the location information of the first UE from LMF. If LMF obtains the absolute location information of the first UE in S606, then what LMF sends to AMF in S607 may also be the absolute location information of the first UE.
  • the AMF may also send the location information of the first UE to the first UE.
  • the AMF may also send the location information of the first UE to the LCS.
  • the second UE provides a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second UE is a relay UE and the first UE is a remote UE.
  • the first UE can send relay information and/or network device information to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second UE, thereby the first network device can initiate Uu positioning of the first UE.
  • the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized.
  • the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform the SL positioning process, and the positioning of the first UE can be achieved through the Uu positioning process, making the positioning process relatively simple.
  • the LMF can determine the network device involved in the positioning of the first UE with reference to the information included in the first positioning service request message, instead of determining the network device used to locate the second UE as the network device involved in the positioning of the first UE, thereby improving the positioning accuracy of the first UE.
  • FIG 7 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
  • the communication device 700 may be the first UE or the circuit system of the first UE described in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 4 or Figure 6, and is used to implement the method corresponding to the first UE in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 700 may be the circuit system of the AMF described in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 4 or Figure 6, and is used to implement the method corresponding to the AMF in the above method embodiment.
  • the communication device 700 may be the circuit system of the LMF described in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 4 or Figure 6, and is used to implement the method corresponding to the LMF in the above method embodiment.
  • a circuit system is a chip system.
  • the communication device 700 includes at least one processor 701.
  • the processor 701 can be used for internal processing of the device to implement certain control processing functions.
  • the processor 701 includes instructions.
  • the processor 701 can store data.
  • different processors can be independent devices, can be located in different physical locations, and can be located on different integrated circuits.
  • different processors can be integrated into one or more processors, for example, integrated on one or more integrated circuits.
  • the communication device 700 includes one or more memories 703 for storing instructions.
  • data may also be stored in the memory 703.
  • the processor and the memory may be provided separately or integrated together.
  • the communication device 700 includes a communication line 702 and at least one communication interface 704. Since the memory 703, the communication line 702 and the communication interface 704 are all optional, they are all indicated by dotted lines in FIG. 7 .
  • the communication device 700 may further include a transceiver and/or an antenna.
  • the transceiver may be used to send information to other devices or receive information from other devices.
  • the transceiver may be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, an input/output interface, etc., and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 700 through an antenna.
  • the transceiver includes a transmitter and a receiver.
  • the transmitter may be used to generate a radio frequency signal from a baseband signal
  • the receiver may be used to convert the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal.
  • Processor 701 may include a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application.
  • CPU central processing unit
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • the communication link 702 may include a pathway to transmit information between the above-mentioned components.
  • the communication interface 704 uses any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), wired access networks, etc.
  • RAN radio access network
  • WLAN wireless local area networks
  • wired access networks etc.
  • the memory 703 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto.
  • the memory 703 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 701 via the communication line 702. Alternatively, the memory 703 It can also be integrated with the processor 701.
  • the memory 703 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 701.
  • the processor 701 is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 703, thereby realizing the communication method provided in the above embodiment of the present application.
  • the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
  • the processor 701 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 7 .
  • the communication device 700 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 701 and the processor 705 in FIG. 7. Each of these processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor.
  • the processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (e.g., computer program instructions).
  • the chip When the device shown in FIG. 7 is a chip, such as a chip of an AMF, a chip of a first UE, or a chip of an LMF, the chip includes a processor 701 (may also include a processor 705), a communication line 702, a memory 703, and a communication interface 704.
  • the communication interface 704 may be an input interface, a pin, or a circuit, etc.
  • the memory 703 may be a register, a cache, etc.
  • the processor 701 and the processor 705 may be a general-purpose CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of a program of the communication method of any of the above embodiments.
  • the embodiment of the present application may divide the functional modules of the device according to the above method example.
  • each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module.
  • the above integrated module may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules.
  • the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, which is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation.
  • Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of a device, and the device 800 may be the AMF or the first UE or the LMF involved in the above method embodiments, or a chip in the AMF or a chip in the first UE or a chip in the LMF.
  • the device 800 includes a sending unit 801, a processing unit 802 and a receiving unit 803.
  • the device 800 can be used to implement the steps performed by the AMF or the first UE or the LMF in the method of the embodiment of the present application.
  • the relevant features can refer to the various embodiments above and will not be repeated here.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the sending unit 801, the receiving unit 803, and the processing unit 802 in FIG8 may be implemented by the processor 701 in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the processing unit 802 in FIG8 may be implemented by the processor 701 in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703, and the functions/implementation processes of the sending unit 801 and the receiving unit 803 in FIG8 may be implemented by the communication interface 704 in FIG7.
  • the functions/implementation processes of the sending unit 801 and the receiving unit 803 can also be implemented through pins or circuits.
  • the present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores a computer program or instruction.
  • a computer program or instruction When the computer program or instruction is executed, the method performed by the AMF or the first UE or the LMF in the aforementioned method embodiment is implemented.
  • the functions described in the above embodiments can be implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products.
  • the technical solution of the present application can be essentially or in other words, the part that contributes or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application.
  • Storage media include: various media that can store program codes, such as USB flash drives, mobile hard drives, ROM, RAM, magnetic disks, or optical disks.
  • the present application also provides a computer program product, which includes: a computer program code, when the computer program code is executed on a computer, the computer executes the method performed by the AMF or the first UE or the LMF in any of the aforementioned method embodiments.
  • An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is used to execute the method executed by the AMF or the first UE or the LMF involved in any of the above method embodiments.
  • all or part of the embodiments may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof.
  • all or part of the embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product.
  • the computer program product includes one or more computer instructions.
  • the computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device.
  • the computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium.
  • the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server or data center to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means.
  • the computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media.
  • the available medium can be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
  • the various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or operated by a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above.
  • the general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, and optionally, the general-purpose processor can also be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller or state machine.
  • the processor can also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors combined with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration.
  • the steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two.
  • the software unit can be stored in RAM, flash memory, ROM, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), EEPROM, register, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium in the art.
  • the storage medium can be connected to the processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium.
  • the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor.
  • the processor and the storage medium can be arranged in an ASIC, and the ASIC can be arranged in a terminal device.
  • the processor and the storage medium can also be arranged in different components in the terminal device.
  • These computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device so that a series of operational steps are executed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, whereby the instructions executed on the computer or other programmable device provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more processes in the flowchart and/or one or more boxes in the block diagram.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Computer Networks & Wireless Communication (AREA)
  • Signal Processing (AREA)
  • Mobile Radio Communication Systems (AREA)

Abstract

The present application relates to a communication method and apparatus. A first network device receives a first message from a first terminal device, the first message comprising an identifier of a second terminal device, and the second terminal device being used for providing a relay service for the first terminal device. The first network device sends a first location service request message to a second network device, the first location service request message being for requesting to position the second terminal device and to position the first terminal device, the first location service request message further comprising the identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device. The first network device receives first information from the second network device, the first information being used for indicating the location of the first terminal device. According to the embodiments of the present application, a network can know the presence of a relay terminal device, so that positioning of a remote terminal device in a relay scenario can be realized.

Description

一种通信方法及装置A communication method and device
相关申请的交叉引用CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
本申请要求在2022年10月21日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202211294745.4、申请名称为“一种紧急呼叫的定位方法”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中;本申请要求在2022年11月21日提交中国国家知识产权局、申请号为202211456149.1、申请名称为“一种通信方法及装置”的中国专利申请的优先权,其全部内容通过引用结合在本申请中。This application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on October 21, 2022, with application number 202211294745.4 and application name “A method for positioning emergency calls”, all contents of which are incorporated by reference into this application; this application claims the priority of the Chinese patent application filed with the State Intellectual Property Office of China on November 21, 2022, with application number 202211456149.1 and application name “A communication method and device”, all contents of which are incorporated by reference into this application.
技术领域Technical Field
本申请涉及通信技术领域,尤其涉及一种通信方法及装置。The present application relates to the field of communication technology, and in particular to a communication method and device.
背景技术Background technique
现在可以通过定位技术对目标(target)用户设备(user equipment,UE)进行定位,使得请求定位服务的网元/UE/实体获取目标UE的位置。例如,目标UE可以接收定位参考信号(positioning reference signal,PRS)和/或发送信道探测参考信号(sounding reference signal,SRS),并使用新空口(new radio,NR)系统或长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统支持的定位方法,实现对该目标UE的定位。Now, the target user equipment (UE) can be located by positioning technology, so that the network element/UE/entity requesting the positioning service can obtain the location of the target UE. For example, the target UE can receive a positioning reference signal (PRS) and/or send a sounding reference signal (SRS), and use a positioning method supported by a new radio (NR) system or a long term evolution (LTE) system to locate the target UE.
当前3GPP又引入了侧行链路中继(sidelink relay),以支持用户设备接入网络中继UE-to-Network relay,U2N relay)功能。sidelink relay可以为远端(remote)UE提供到网络的连接。UE可以通过sidelink relay的方式连接到网络设备,例如,remote UE可以与中继(relay)UE建立连接,以通过relay UE连接到网络设备。例如,在一些应用场景中,中继UE可以是手机等智能终端,远端UE可以是电子手环等智能穿戴设备,智能穿戴设备可以通过智能终端作为中继接入基站。Currently, 3GPP has introduced the sidelink relay to support the user equipment access network relay UE-to-Network relay (U2N relay) function. Sidelink relay can provide remote UE with connection to the network. UE can connect to the network device through sidelink relay. For example, remote UE can establish a connection with relay UE to connect to the network device through relay UE. For example, in some application scenarios, relay UE can be a smart terminal such as a mobile phone, and remote UE can be a smart wearable device such as an electronic bracelet. Smart wearable devices can access base stations through smart terminals as relays.
目前对target UE的定位流程,未考虑target UE是通过relay UE连接到网络设备的情况,即,未考虑target UE为relay场景中的remote UE时的定位流程。如果target UE为relay场景中的remote UE,则目前无法实现对该target UE的定位。The current positioning process for the target UE does not consider the case where the target UE is connected to the network device through the relay UE, that is, the positioning process when the target UE is the remote UE in the relay scenario is not considered. If the target UE is the remote UE in the relay scenario, it is currently impossible to locate the target UE.
发明内容Summary of the invention
本申请实施例提供一种通信方法及装置,用于实现对中继场景中的远端终端设备的定位。The embodiments of the present application provide a communication method and apparatus for positioning a remote terminal device in a relay scenario.
第一方面,提供第一种通信方法,该方法可由网络设备执行,或由包括网络设备功能的其他设备执行,或由芯片系统(或,芯片)或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现网络设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在网络设备中。该网络设备例如为第一网络设备,可选的,第一网络设备为核心网设备,例如AMF。该方法包括:从第一终端设备接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括第二终端设备的标识,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务;向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备的标识;从所述第二网络设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的位置。In a first aspect, a first communication method is provided, which can be executed by a network device, or by other devices including network device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, which can realize the functions of the network device, and the chip system or functional module is, for example, arranged in the network device. The network device is, for example, a first network device, and optionally, the first network device is a core network device, such as an AMF. The method includes: receiving a first message from a first terminal device, the first message including an identifier of a second terminal device, the second terminal device being used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; sending a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message being used to request positioning of the second terminal device, and positioning of the first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also including an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device; receiving first information from the second network device, the first information being used to indicate the location of the first terminal device.
本申请实施例中,第一网络设备获得了第二终端设备的标识,则第一网络设备获知了第二终端设备的存在,因此第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备请求对第一终端设备和第二终端设备执行定位,并可以从第二网络设备接收定位结果。其中第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务,例如第二终端设备为第一终端设备的中继终端设备,第一终端设备为第二终端设备的远端终端设备。也就是说,本申请实施例中,网络能够获知中继终端设备的存在,从而能够实现对中继场景下的远端终端设备的定位。In the embodiment of the present application, the first network device obtains the identification of the second terminal device, and the first network device learns the existence of the second terminal device, so the first network device can request the second network device to perform positioning on the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and can receive the positioning result from the second network device. The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device of the second terminal device. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, the network can learn the existence of the relay terminal device, so as to realize the positioning of the remote terminal device in the relay scenario.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行定位,包括:所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行空口定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行侧行定位。第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备请求定位,而具体采用的定位方式可由第二网络设备决策;或者,第一网络设备在向第二网络设备请求定位时可一并指示定位方式,从而第二网络设备不必执行过多的决策过程。In an optional implementation, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device and positioning of the first terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the second terminal device and sideline positioning of the first terminal device. The first network device can request positioning from the second network device, and the specific positioning method can be decided by the second network device; or, the first network device can indicate the positioning method when requesting positioning from the second network device, so that the second network device does not have to perform too many decision-making processes.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或所述第二终端设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息。第一消息可以 包括更多信息,从而在定位过程中可以参考这些信息,以提高定位精度。In an optional implementation, the first message further includes the quality information of the received signal of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device. The first message may be Includes more information so that it can be referenced during the positioning process to improve positioning accuracy.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息为非接入层NAS消息,所述NAS消息包括如下一项或多项:注册请求消息,业务请求消息,上行NAS传输消息,或,第二定位服务请求消息,所述第二定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。可选的,所述第一消息为注册请求消息或者所述业务请求消息,所述方法还包括:根据所述第一消息确定对所述第一终端设备进行定位,其中,所述定位过程包括所述第二终端设备的定位过程,以及所述第一终端设备的定位过程;或,根据所述第一消息确定对所述第一终端设备进行定位,以及对所述第二终端设备进行定位。例如,该注册请求消息或业务请求消息用于紧急业务,那么第一网络设备接收第一消息后,可以确定有对第一终端设备进行定位的需求,从而第一网络设备可以发起对第一终端设备的定位,或者发起对第一终端设备和第二终端设备的定位。或者,第一消息不用于紧急业务,但第一网络设备也可以发起定位。或者,第一终端设备在有定位需求时可以发送第一消息,可以认为第一终端设备发起了对第一终端设备进行定位的流程。即,定位流程可由不同的网元发起,较为灵活。In an optional implementation, the first message is a non-access layer NAS message, and the NAS message includes one or more of the following: a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a second positioning service request message, and the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device. Optionally, the first message is a registration request message or the service request message, and the method further includes: determining to position the first terminal device according to the first message, wherein the positioning process includes the positioning process of the second terminal device and the positioning process of the first terminal device; or, determining to position the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the first message. For example, if the registration request message or the service request message is used for emergency services, then after receiving the first message, the first network device can determine that there is a need to position the first terminal device, so that the first network device can initiate positioning of the first terminal device, or initiate positioning of the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Alternatively, the first message is not used for emergency services, but the first network device can also initiate positioning. Alternatively, the first terminal device can send the first message when there is a positioning demand, and it can be considered that the first terminal device has initiated the process of positioning the first terminal device. That is, the positioning process can be initiated by different network elements, which is more flexible.
在一种可选的实施方式中,在向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息之前,所述方法还包括:从第三网络设备接收第三定位服务请求消息,所述第三定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。第三网络设备例如为核心网设备,例如LCS等。即,定位流程还可以由除了第一终端设备和第一网络设备外的其他网络设备发起。In an optional implementation, before sending the first positioning service request message to the second network device, the method further includes: receiving a third positioning service request message from a third network device, wherein the third positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device. The third network device is, for example, a core network device, such as an LCS, etc. That is, the positioning process can also be initiated by other network devices besides the first terminal device and the first network device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第二终端设备的信息(或指示第一终端设备发送第二终端设备的标识),或指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第一终端设备的中继服务信息。第一终端设备可以主动向第一网络设备发送第二终端设备的信息或中继服务信息,或者,第一终端设备不会主动向第一网络设备发送第二终端设备的信息或中继服务信息,而是可以在第一网络设备的指示下再向第一网络设备发送第二终端设备的信息或中继服务信息,由此可以减少冗余信息的传输过程,提高信息利用率。其中,第二终端设备的信息例如包括第二终端设备的标识;中继服务信息例如包括第一终端设备的中继设备(例如第二终端设备)的标识,和/或包括第一终端设备接受中继服务的指示信息(或者,第一终端设备是通过中继设备接入网络的指示信息)。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device, the first indication information being used to instruct the first terminal device to send information of the second terminal device (or instruct the first terminal device to send an identifier of the second terminal device), or instruct the first terminal device to send relay service information of the first terminal device. The first terminal device may actively send information of the second terminal device or relay service information to the first network device, or the first terminal device may not actively send information of the second terminal device or relay service information to the first network device, but may send information of the second terminal device or relay service information to the first network device under the instruction of the first network device, thereby reducing the transmission process of redundant information and improving information utilization. The information of the second terminal device may include, for example, an identifier of the second terminal device; the relay service information may include, for example, an identifier of a relay device (such as a second terminal device) of the first terminal device, and/or may include indication information that the first terminal device accepts relay service (or indication information that the first terminal device accesses the network through a relay device).
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或,所述第二终端设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息。可选的,如果第一消息包括第一终端设备对于来自第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或,第二终端设备对第一终端设备的发送功率信息,则第一网络设备可将这些信息携带在第一定位服务请求消息中,以供第二网络设备在执行定位时可以参考这些信息。In an optional implementation, the first positioning service request message also includes the quality information of the received signal of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device. Optionally, if the first message includes the quality information of the received signal of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device, the first network device may carry this information in the first positioning service request message, so that the second network device can refer to this information when performing positioning.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一信息包括所述第一终端设备的位置信息。第二网络设备在执行定位后可以获得第一终端设备的位置信息,则可将第一终端设备的位置信息发送给第一网络设备,从而第一网络设备就获得了第一终端设备的位置信息。In an optional implementation, the first information includes the location information of the first terminal device. After performing positioning, the second network device can obtain the location information of the first terminal device, and can send the location information of the first terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device obtains the location information of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端设备的位置信息为所述第一终端设备的绝对位置信息;或,所述第一终端设备的位置信息为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的相对位置信息,且所述第一信息还包括所述第二终端设备的绝对位置信息,所述方法还包括:根据所述相对位置信息以及所述第二终端设备的绝对位置信息确定所述第一终端设备的绝对位置信息。第二网络设备可将第一终端设备的绝对位置信息发送给第一网络设备,从而第一网络设备不必再执行额外的计算过程来确定第一终端设备的绝对位置信息。或者,第二网络设备也可以将第一终端设备与第二终端设备的相对位置信息以及第二终端设备的绝对位置信息发送给第一网络设备,则第一网络设备可以据此确定第一终端设备的绝对位置信息,这种方式可以减少第二网络设备的工作量。In an optional embodiment, the location information of the first terminal device is the absolute location information of the first terminal device; or, the location information of the first terminal device is the relative location information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the first information also includes the absolute location information of the second terminal device, and the method further includes: determining the absolute location information of the first terminal device according to the relative location information and the absolute location information of the second terminal device. The second network device can send the absolute location information of the first terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device does not need to perform additional calculation processes to determine the absolute location information of the first terminal device. Alternatively, the second network device can also send the relative location information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device and the absolute location information of the second terminal device to the first network device, and the first network device can determine the absolute location information of the first terminal device accordingly. This method can reduce the workload of the second network device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端设备的位置信息为所述第一终端设备的绝对位置信息,所述第一信息还包括所述第二终端设备的绝对位置信息。例如,第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备请求对第二终端设备执行定位,以及对第一终端设备执行定位,那么第二网络设备可以将这两个终端设备的位置信息均发送给第一网络设备以作为定位结果。In an optional implementation, the location information of the first terminal device is the absolute location information of the first terminal device, and the first information also includes the absolute location information of the second terminal device. For example, the first network device can request the second network device to perform positioning on the second terminal device, and perform positioning on the first terminal device, then the second network device can send the location information of both terminal devices to the first network device as the positioning result.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第二终端设备的标识包括如下一项或多项:所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,所述第二终端设备的C-RNTI,所述第二终端设备的SUPI,所述第二终端设备的SUCI,或,所述第二终端设备的I-RNTI。除此之外,第二终端设备的标识还可以有其他实现方式,具体不做 限制。In an optional implementation, the identification of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following: 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, C-RNTI of the second terminal device, SUPI of the second terminal device, SUCI of the second terminal device, or I-RNTI of the second terminal device. In addition, the identification of the second terminal device may also be implemented in other ways, which will not be described in detail. limit.
第二方面,提供第二种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或由包括终端设备功能的其他设备执行,或由芯片系统(或,芯片)或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现终端设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在终端设备中。该终端设备例如为第一终端设备。该方法包括:从第二终端设备接收第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第二终端设备的标识,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务;向第一网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第二终端设备的标识。本申请实施例中,第一终端设备可以获得第二终端设备的标识,从而可将第二终端设备的标识发送给第一网络设备。第一网络设备获得了第二终端设备的标识,则第一网络设备获知了第二终端设备的存在,因此第一网络设备可以请求对第一终端设备和第二终端设备执行定位。其中第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务,例如第二终端设备为第一终端设备的中继终端设备,第一终端设备为第二终端设备的远端终端设备。也就是说,本申请实施例中,网络能够获知中继终端设备的存在,从而能够实现对中继场景下的远端终端设备的定位。In a second aspect, a second communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices including terminal device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, the chip system or functional module can realize the functions of the terminal device, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the terminal device. The terminal device is, for example, a first terminal device. The method includes: receiving a second message from a second terminal device, the second message includes an identifier of the second terminal device, the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; sending a first message to a first network device, the first message includes an identifier of the second terminal device. In an embodiment of the present application, the first terminal device can obtain the identifier of the second terminal device, so that the identifier of the second terminal device can be sent to the first network device. If the first network device obtains the identifier of the second terminal device, the first network device learns of the existence of the second terminal device, so the first network device can request to perform positioning on the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Wherein the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device of the second terminal device. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, the network can be aware of the existence of the relay terminal device, thereby being able to locate the remote terminal device in the relay scenario.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第二终端设备的标识包括如下一项或多项:所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,所述第二终端设备的C-RNTI,所述第二终端设备的SUPI,所述第二终端设备的SUCI,或,所述第二终端设备的I-RNTI。In an optional embodiment, the identifier of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following: the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, the C-RNTI of the second terminal device, the SUPI of the second terminal device, the SUCI of the second terminal device, or the I-RNTI of the second terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或所述第二终端设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息。In an optional implementation, the first message further includes received signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from the second terminal device, and/or transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第二消息为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的发现过程中的消息,或为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的连接建立过程中的消息,或为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的连接建立成功后的消息。In an optional implementation, the second message is a message during a discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message during a connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message after a connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is successfully established.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第二终端设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求获得所述第二终端设备的标识。第二终端设备可以主动将第二终端设备的标识发送给第一终端设备,或者第一终端设备在需要获得第二终端设备的标识时可以向第二终端设备发送第三消息,第二终端设备根据第三消息将第二终端设备的标识发送给第一终端设备,由此能够减少冗余信息。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: sending a third message to the second terminal device, the third message being used to request an identification of the second terminal device. The second terminal device may actively send the identification of the second terminal device to the first terminal device, or the first terminal device may send the third message to the second terminal device when it is necessary to obtain the identification of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device sends the identification of the second terminal device to the first terminal device according to the third message, thereby reducing redundant information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:确定发起紧急业务,或,确定定位需求。第一终端设备在确定发起紧急业务或有定位需求时,可以获得第二终端设备的标识,由此实现对第一终端设备的定位。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: determining to initiate an emergency service or determining a positioning requirement. When the first terminal device determines to initiate an emergency service or has a positioning requirement, the first terminal device may obtain an identifier of the second terminal device, thereby locating the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:确定在发起紧急业务或有定位需求时主动向所述第一网络设备发送所述第二终端设备的信息。第一终端设备可以主动向第一网络设备发送第二终端设备的信息(例如包括第二终端设备的标识),例如第一终端设备在有紧急业务或有定位需求时可以主动向第一网络设备发送第二终端设备的信息,从而减少了第一网络设备向第一终端设备请求第二终端设备的信息的过程,降低了定位时延。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: determining to actively send information of the second terminal device to the first network device when an emergency service is initiated or when there is a positioning requirement. The first terminal device can actively send information of the second terminal device (for example, including an identifier of the second terminal device) to the first network device. For example, the first terminal device can actively send information of the second terminal device to the first network device when there is an emergency service or a positioning requirement, thereby reducing the process of the first network device requesting information of the second terminal device from the first terminal device and reducing the positioning delay.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第三消息为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的发现过程中的消息,或为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的连接建立过程中的消息,或为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的连接建立成功后的消息。其中,第二消息和第三消息可以对应于同一过程,例如第二消息和第三消息均为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的发现过程中的消息,或均为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的连接建立过程中的消息。或者,第二消息和第三消息也可以对应于不同的过程,例如第二消息为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的发现过程中的消息,第三消息为第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的连接建立过程中的消息等。In an optional implementation, the third message is a message in the discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message in the connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message after the connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is successfully established. The second message and the third message may correspond to the same process, for example, the second message and the third message are both messages in the discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or are both messages in the connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device. Alternatively, the second message and the third message may also correspond to different processes, for example, the second message is a message in the discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the third message is a message in the connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, etc.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息为NAS消息,所述NAS消息包括如下一项或多项:注册请求消息,业务请求消息,上行NAS传输消息,或,第二定位服务请求消息,所述第二定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。In an optional implementation, the first message is a NAS message, and the NAS message includes one or more of the following: a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a second positioning service request message, and the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:从所述第一网络设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第二终端设备的信息,或指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第一终端设备的中继服务信息。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the first network device, the first indication information being used to instruct the first terminal device to send information of the second terminal device, or to instruct the first terminal device to send relay service information of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:对来自所述第二终端设备的侧行信号进行测量,以获得第一测量结果,所述第一测量结果用于获得所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的相对位置信息;向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一测量结果或所述相对位置信息。第一终端设备可以执行与第二终端设 备之间的SL定位,从而获得第一测量结果或该相对位置信息。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: measuring the side signal from the second terminal device to obtain a first measurement result, the first measurement result being used to obtain relative position information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device; and sending the first measurement result or the relative position information to the second network device. The first terminal device may perform communication with the second terminal device. SL positioning between the devices is performed to obtain the first measurement result or the relative position information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:从第二网络设备接收第四消息,所述第四消息用于请求所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备执行定位;或,主动发起与所述第二终端设备的侧行定位。第一终端设备可以在第二网络设备的指示下发起与第二终端设备之间的SL定位,由此可以减少第一终端设备的决策过程,简化第一终端设备的实现;或者第一终端设备也可以主动发起与第二终端设备之间的SL定位,由此能够减少网络设备的参与,降低定位时延。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: receiving a fourth message from a second network device, the fourth message being used to request the first terminal device to perform positioning with the second terminal device; or actively initiating side positioning with the second terminal device. The first terminal device may initiate SL positioning with the second terminal device under the instruction of the second network device, thereby reducing the decision-making process of the first terminal device and simplifying the implementation of the first terminal device; or the first terminal device may also actively initiate SL positioning with the second terminal device, thereby reducing the participation of network devices and reducing positioning delay.
关于第二方面的部分可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对于第一方面的相应实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by some optional implementations of the second aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the corresponding implementations of the first aspect.
第三方面,提供第三种通信方法,该方法可由网络设备执行,或由包括网络设备功能的其他设备执行,或由芯片系统(或,芯片)或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现网络设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在网络设备中。该网络设备例如为第二网络设备,可选的,第二网络设备为核心网设备,例如LMF。该方法包括:从第一网络设备接收第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对第二终端设备执行定位,以及对第一终端设备执行定位,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备的标识;对所述第二终端设备执行定位以及对所述第一终端设备执行定位,以获得第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的位置;向所述第一网络设备发送所述第一信息。可选的,对所述第二终端设备执行空口定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行侧行定位。In a third aspect, a third communication method is provided, which can be executed by a network device, or by other devices including network device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, the chip system or functional module can realize the function of the network device, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the network device. The network device is, for example, a second network device, and optionally, the second network device is a core network device, such as LMF. The method includes: receiving a first positioning service request message from a first network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of a second terminal device, and positioning of a first terminal device, the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device; positioning the second terminal device and positioning the first terminal device to obtain first information, the first information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device; sending the first information to the first network device. Optionally, air interface positioning is performed on the second terminal device, and side positioning is performed on the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行定位,包括:所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行空口定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行侧行定位。In an optional implementation, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device and positioning of the first terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the second terminal device and sideline positioning of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或,所述第二终端设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息。In an optional implementation, the first positioning service request message further includes the reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第二终端设备的标识包括如下一项或多项:所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,所述第二终端设备的C-RNTI,所述第二终端设备的SUPI,所述第二终端设备的SUCI,或,所述第二终端设备的I-RNTI。In an optional embodiment, the identifier of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following: the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, the C-RNTI of the second terminal device, the SUPI of the second terminal device, the SUCI of the second terminal device, or the I-RNTI of the second terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,对所述第一终端设备执行定位,包括:向所述第一终端设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于请求所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备执行侧行定位;从所述第一终端设备接收第一测量结果,或接收所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的相对位置信息,其中,所述第一测量结果用于获得所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的相对位置信息。In an optional embodiment, performing positioning on the first terminal device includes: sending a fourth message to the first terminal device, the fourth message being used to request the first terminal device and the second terminal device to perform side-by-side positioning; receiving a first measurement result from the first terminal device, or receiving relative position information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device, wherein the first measurement result is used to obtain the relative position information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,对所述第一终端设备执行定位,包括:向所述第二终端设备发送第四消息,所述第四消息用于请求所述第二终端设备与所述第一终端设备执行侧行定位;从所述第二终端设备接收第二测量结果,或接收所述第二终端设备与所述第一终端设备的相对位置信息,其中,所述第二测量结果用于获得所述第二终端设备与所述第一终端设备的相对位置信息。In an optional embodiment, performing positioning on the first terminal device includes: sending a fourth message to the second terminal device, the fourth message being used to request the second terminal device to perform side-by-side positioning with the first terminal device; receiving a second measurement result from the second terminal device, or receiving relative position information of the second terminal device and the first terminal device, wherein the second measurement result is used to obtain the relative position information of the second terminal device and the first terminal device.
第二网络设备可以请求第一终端设备与第二终端设备执行SL定位,或者可以请求第二终端设备与第一终端设备执行SL定位,方式较为灵活。The second network device can request the first terminal device and the second terminal device to perform SL positioning, or can request the second terminal device and the first terminal device to perform SL positioning, which is a more flexible method.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一信息包括所述第一终端设备的位置信息。In an optional implementation, the first information includes location information of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端设备的位置信息为所述第一终端设备的绝对位置信息;或,所述第一终端设备的位置信息为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的相对位置信息,且所述第一信息还包括所述第二终端设备的绝对位置信息。In an optional embodiment, the location information of the first terminal device is the absolute location information of the first terminal device; or, the location information of the first terminal device is the relative location information of the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the first information also includes the absolute location information of the second terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一终端设备的位置信息为所述第一终端设备的绝对位置信息,所述第一信息还包括所述第二终端设备的绝对位置信息。In an optional implementation, the location information of the first terminal device is absolute location information of the first terminal device, and the first information also includes absolute location information of the second terminal device.
关于第三方面或第三方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可以参考对于第一方面或相应实施方式的技术效果的介绍,和/或参考对于第二方面或相应实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the third aspect or various optional implementations of the third aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the first aspect or the corresponding implementations, and/or reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the second aspect or the corresponding implementations.
第四方面,提供第四种通信方法,该方法可由网络设备执行,或由包括网络设备功能的其他设备执行,或由芯片系统(或,芯片)或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现网络设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在网络设备中。该网络设备例如为第一网络设备,可选的,第一网络设备为核心网设备,例如AMF。该方法包括:从第一终端设备接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括第二终端设备的标识,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务;向第二网络设备发送第一定 位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识;从所述第二网络设备接收所述第二终端设备的位置信息,以及,从所述第一终端设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的位置;根据所述第二终端设备的位置信息和所述第二信息确定所述第一终端设备的位置信息。本申请实施例中,第一网络设备获得了第二终端设备的标识,则第一网络设备获知了第二终端设备的存在,因此第一网络设备可以向第二网络设备请求对第二终端设备执行定位,并可以从第二网络设备接收定位结果。另外,第一终端设备可以执行与第二终端设备之间的SL定位,不必网络设备的指示,由此减少了网络设备的参与,减小了定位时延。其中第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务,例如第二终端设备为第一终端设备的中继终端设备,第一终端设备为第二终端设备的远端终端设备。也就是说,本申请实施例中,网络能够获知中继终端设备的存在,从而能够实现对中继场景下的远端终端设备的定位。In a fourth aspect, a fourth communication method is provided, which may be executed by a network device, or by other devices including the functions of a network device, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, which can implement the functions of the network device, and which are, for example, arranged in the network device. The network device is, for example, a first network device, and optionally, the first network device is a core network device, such as an AMF. The method comprises: receiving a first message from a first terminal device, the first message comprising an identifier of a second terminal device, the second terminal device being used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; sending a first identification message to the second network device. A positioning service request message is sent to the first terminal device, wherein the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device, and the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device; the location information of the second terminal device is received from the second network device, and the second information is received from the first terminal device, wherein the second information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device; the location information of the first terminal device is determined according to the location information of the second terminal device and the second information. In the embodiment of the present application, the first network device obtains the identifier of the second terminal device, and the first network device learns the existence of the second terminal device, so the first network device can request the second network device to perform positioning on the second terminal device, and can receive the positioning result from the second network device. In addition, the first terminal device can perform SL positioning with the second terminal device without the instruction of the network device, thereby reducing the participation of the network device and reducing the positioning delay. The second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is a relay terminal device of the first terminal device, and the first terminal device is a remote terminal device of the second terminal device. That is to say, in the embodiment of the present application, the network can learn the existence of the relay terminal device, so as to realize the positioning of the remote terminal device in the relay scenario.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行定位,包括:所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行空口定位。In an optional implementation, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the second terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息还包括所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或所述第二终端设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息。In an optional implementation, the first message further includes reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from the second terminal device, and/or transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息为非接入层NAS消息,所述NAS消息包括如下一项或多项:注册请求消息,业务请求消息,上行NAS传输消息,或,第二定位服务请求消息,所述第二定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。In an optional embodiment, the first message is a non-access layer NAS message, and the NAS message includes one or more of the following: a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a second positioning service request message, and the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息为所述注册请求消息或者所述业务请求消息,所述方法还包括:根据所述第一消息确定对所述第二终端设备进行定位。In an optional implementation, the first message is the registration request message or the service request message, and the method further includes: determining to locate the second terminal device according to the first message.
在一种可选的实施方式中,在向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息之前,所述方法还包括:从第三网络设备接收第三定位服务请求消息,所述第三定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。In an optional implementation, before sending the first positioning service request message to the second network device, the method further includes: receiving a third positioning service request message from a third network device, wherein the third positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第二终端设备的信息,或指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第一终端设备的中继服务信息。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device, the first indication information being used to instruct the first terminal device to send information of the second terminal device, or to instruct the first terminal device to send relay service information of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或,所述第二终端设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息。In an optional implementation, the first positioning service request message further includes the reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第二信息为第一测量结果,所述第一测量结果为所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的测量结果;或,所述第二信息为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的相对位置信息。In an optional implementation, the second information is a first measurement result, where the first measurement result is a measurement result of the first terminal device for a signal from the second terminal device; or, the second information is relative position information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第二终端设备的标识包括如下一项或多项:所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI,所述第二终端设备的C-RNTI,所述第二终端设备的SUPI,所述第二终端设备的SUCI,或,所述第二终端设备的I-RNTI。In an optional embodiment, the identifier of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following: the 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device, the C-RNTI of the second terminal device, the SUPI of the second terminal device, the SUCI of the second terminal device, or the I-RNTI of the second terminal device.
关于第四方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面的相应实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by various optional implementations of the fourth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the corresponding implementations of the first aspect.
第五方面,提供第五种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或由包括终端设备功能的其他设备执行,或由芯片系统(或,芯片)或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现终端设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在终端设备中。该终端设备例如为第一终端设备。该方法包括:向第二终端设备发送第五消息,以及,执行与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行定位,所述第五消息用于请求获得所述第二终端设备的位置信息;从所述第二终端设备接收第三信息,所述第三信息用于确定所述第一终端设备的位置信息。第一终端设备可以请求第二终端设备的位置信息,以及可以发起与第二终端设备之间的SL定位,则第二终端设备可以发起对第二终端设备的定位过程,由此第一终端设备就能确定第一终端设备的位置信息。在这种方式下,网络设备的参与较少,增强了终端设备的决策权,也有助于减小定位时延。In a fifth aspect, a fifth communication method is provided, which can be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices including terminal device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, which can realize the functions of the terminal device, and the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the terminal device. The terminal device is, for example, a first terminal device. The method includes: sending a fifth message to a second terminal device, and performing side positioning with the second terminal device, the fifth message is used to request the location information of the second terminal device; receiving third information from the second terminal device, the third information is used to determine the location information of the first terminal device. The first terminal device can request the location information of the second terminal device, and can initiate SL positioning with the second terminal device, then the second terminal device can initiate the positioning process for the second terminal device, so that the first terminal device can determine the location information of the first terminal device. In this way, the network device is less involved, the decision-making power of the terminal device is enhanced, and it also helps to reduce the positioning delay.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第三信息包括所述第二终端设备的绝对位置信息,所述方法还包括:根据所述侧行定位过程确定所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的相对位置信息,或确定第二测量结果,所述第二测量结果为所述第二终端设备对于来自所述第一终端设备的信号的测量结果;根据所述第二终端设备的绝对位置信息,以及所述相对位置信息或所述第二测量结果,确定所述第一终端设备 的绝对位置信息。第二终端设备可将第二终端设备的绝对位置信息发送给第一终端设备,从而第一终端设备能够据此确定第一终端设备的绝对位置信息。In an optional implementation, the third information includes absolute position information of the second terminal device, and the method further includes: determining the relative position information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the side positioning process, or determining a second measurement result, where the second measurement result is a measurement result of the second terminal device for the signal from the first terminal device; determining the relative position information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the absolute position information of the second terminal device, and the relative position information or the second measurement result. The second terminal device may send the absolute position information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device, so that the first terminal device can determine the absolute position information of the first terminal device accordingly.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第三信息包括所述第一终端设备的绝对位置信息,所述方法还包括:向所述第二终端设备发送所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的相对位置信息,或发送第一测量结果,所述第一测量结果为所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的测量结果。第一终端设备的绝对位置信息也可由第二终端设备确定,第二终端设备再发送给第一终端设备,减少了第一终端设备的确定过程。In an optional implementation, the third information includes the absolute position information of the first terminal device, and the method further includes: sending the relative position information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device to the second terminal device, or sending a first measurement result, where the first measurement result is a measurement result of the first terminal device for a signal from the second terminal device. The absolute position information of the first terminal device can also be determined by the second terminal device, which then sends it to the first terminal device, thereby reducing the determination process of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:向第一网络设备发送所述第一终端设备的绝对位置信息。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: sending the absolute location information of the first terminal device to the first network device.
第六方面,提供第六种通信方法,该方法可由网络设备执行,或由包括网络设备功能的其他设备执行,或由芯片系统(或,芯片)或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现网络设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在网络设备中。该网络设备例如为第一网络设备,可选的,第一网络设备为核心网设备,例如AMF。该方法包括:从第一终端设备接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息,其中,所述网络设备信息用于指示所述第一终端设备能够接收定位参考信号的网络设备,所述中继信息包括如下一项或多项:所述第一终端设备对于来自中继设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,中继设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息,或,所述第一终端设备通过中继连接网络的信息;向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述中继信息和/或所述网络设备信息;从所述第二网络设备接收所述第一终端设备的位置信息。本申请实施例中,第二终端设备为第一终端设备提供中继服务,例如第二终端设备为relay UE,第一终端设备为remote UE。第一终端设备可以向第一网络设备发送第二终端设备的信息,使得第一网络设备能够获知第二终端设备的存在,由此第一网络设备能够发起对第一终端设备的Uu定位。也就是说,本申请实施例使得核心网能够感知中继场景下的relay UE的存在,使得中继场景下的定位过程得以实现。而且本申请实施例不必执行SL定位过程,通过Uu定位过程就能实现对于第一终端设备的定位,使得定位过程较为简单。In a sixth aspect, a sixth communication method is provided, which can be executed by a network device, or by other devices including network device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, the chip system or functional module can realize the function of the network device, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the network device. The network device is, for example, a first network device, and optionally, the first network device is a core network device, such as an AMF. The method includes: receiving a first message from a first terminal device, the first message including relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, the relay information including one or more of the following: the first terminal device for the signal from the relay device receiving signal quality information, the relay device to the first terminal device transmission power information, or, the first terminal device through the relay connection network information; sending a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes the relay information and/or the network device information; receiving the location information of the first terminal device from the second network device. In an embodiment of the present application, the second terminal device provides a relay service for the first terminal device, for example, the second terminal device is a relay UE and the first terminal device is a remote UE. The first terminal device can send information about the second terminal device to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second terminal device, thereby enabling the first network device to initiate Uu positioning of the first terminal device. In other words, the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform the SL positioning process, and the positioning of the first terminal device can be achieved through the Uu positioning process, making the positioning process relatively simple.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备执行定位,包括:所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备执行空口定位。In an optional implementation, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息为非接入层NAS消息,所述NAS消息包括如下一项或多项:注册请求消息,业务请求消息,上行NAS传输消息,或,第二定位服务请求消息,所述第二定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。In an optional embodiment, the first message is a non-access layer NAS message, and the NAS message includes one or more of the following: a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a second positioning service request message, and the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一消息为所述注册请求消息或者所述业务请求消息,所述方法还包括:根据所述第一消息确定对所述第一终端设备进行定位。In an optional implementation, the first message is the registration request message or the service request message, and the method further includes: determining to locate the first terminal device according to the first message.
在一种可选的实施方式中,在向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息之前,所述方法还包括:从第三网络设备接收第三定位服务请求消息,所述第三定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。In an optional implementation, before sending the first positioning service request message to the second network device, the method further includes: receiving a third positioning service request message from a third network device, wherein the third positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备发送所述中继信息和/或所述网络设备信息。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: sending first indication information to the first terminal device, wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the relay information and/or the network device information.
关于第六方面的各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第一方面或相应实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by various optional implementations of the sixth aspect, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the first aspect or corresponding implementations.
第七方面,提供第七种通信方法,该方法可由网络设备执行,或由包括网络设备功能的其他设备执行,或由芯片系统(或,芯片)或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现网络设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在网络设备中。该网络设备例如为第一网络设备,可选的,第一网络设备为核心网设备,例如LMF。该方法包括:从第一网络设备接收第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对第一终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息,其中,所述网络设备信息用于指示所述第一终端设备能够接收定位参考信号的网络设备,所述中继信息包括如下一项或多项:所述第一终端设备对于来自中继设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,中继设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息,或,所述第一终端设备通过中继连接网络的信息;对所述第一终端设备执行定位,以确定所述第一终端设备的位置信息;向所述第一网络设备发送所述第一终端设备的位置信息。可选的,对所述第一终端设备执行空口定位。 In a seventh aspect, a seventh communication method is provided, which can be executed by a network device, or by other devices including network device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, the chip system or functional module can realize the function of the network device, the chip system or functional module is, for example, set in the network device. The network device is, for example, a first network device, and optionally, the first network device is a core network device, such as LMF. The method includes: receiving a first positioning service request message from a first network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of a first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that can receive a positioning reference signal for the first terminal device, and the relay information includes one or more of the following: the first terminal device receives the signal quality information of the signal from the relay device, the relay device sends the first terminal device The transmission power information, or the first terminal device connects to the network through the relay; performs positioning on the first terminal device to determine the location information of the first terminal device; sends the location information of the first terminal device to the first network device. Optionally, air interface positioning is performed on the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备执行定位,包括:所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备执行空口定位。In an optional implementation, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, including: the first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:根据所述中继信息和/或所述网络设备信息,确定用于对所述第一终端设备执行空口定位的网络设备。例如,第二网络设备根据第一定位服务请求包括的接收信号质量信息和/或第二终端设备的SL发送功率信息,可以估算第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的距离,而第二网络设备根据第二终端设备的服务小区可以大概确定第二终端设备所在的位置,则第二网络设备根据第一终端设备与第二终端设备之间的距离,以及第二终端设备的位置,可以确定第一终端设备所在的位置(此时的位置为粗略估计的位置),因此第二网络设备可以确定第一终端设备能够接收来自哪些网络设备的PRS,从而可将这些网络设备中的部分或全部确定为参与第一终端设备定位的网络设备。可见,又处于中继信息和/或网络设备信息,使得第二网络设备能够确定用于对第一终端设备执行空口定位的网络设备,提高了第一终端设备的定位精度。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: determining a network device for performing air interface positioning on the first terminal device according to the relay information and/or the network device information. For example, the second network device can estimate the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device according to the received signal quality information and/or the SL transmission power information of the second terminal device included in the first positioning service request, and the second network device can roughly determine the location of the second terminal device according to the service cell of the second terminal device. Then, the second network device can determine the location of the first terminal device according to the distance between the first terminal device and the second terminal device and the location of the second terminal device (the location at this time is a roughly estimated location), so the second network device can determine which network devices the first terminal device can receive PRS from, so that some or all of these network devices can be determined as network devices participating in the positioning of the first terminal device. It can be seen that the relay information and/or network device information enable the second network device to determine the network device for performing air interface positioning on the first terminal device, thereby improving the positioning accuracy of the first terminal device.
关于第七方面或部分可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第六方面或相应实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the seventh aspect or some optional implementation methods, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the sixth aspect or corresponding implementation methods.
第八方面,提供第八种通信方法,该方法可由终端设备执行,或由包括终端设备功能的其他设备执行,或由芯片系统(或,芯片)或其他功能模块执行,该芯片系统或功能模块能够实现终端设备的功能,该芯片系统或功能模块例如设置在终端设备中。该终端设备例如为第一终端设备。该方法包括:向第一网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息,其中,所述网络设备信息用于指示所述第一终端设备能够接收定位参考信号的网络设备,所述中继信息包括如下一项或多项:所述第一终端设备对于来自中继设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,中继设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息,或,所述第一终端设备通过中继连接网络的信息。In an eighth aspect, an eighth communication method is provided, which may be executed by a terminal device, or by other devices including terminal device functions, or by a chip system (or, chip) or other functional modules, which can realize the functions of the terminal device, and the chip system or functional module is, for example, arranged in the terminal device. The terminal device is, for example, a first terminal device. The method comprises: sending a first message to a first network device, the first message comprising relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, and the relay information comprises one or more of the following: received signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from a relay device, transmission power information of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information that the first terminal device is connected to the network via a relay.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:发现所述第二终端设备,并与所述第二终端设备建立连接。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: discovering the second terminal device and establishing a connection with the second terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:从所述第一网络设备接收所述第一终端设备的位置信息。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: receiving location information of the first terminal device from the first network device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:确定定位需求。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: determining a positioning requirement.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述方法还包括:从所述第一网络设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备发送所述中继信息和/或所述网络设备信息。In an optional implementation, the method further includes: receiving first indication information from the first network device, wherein the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the relay information and/or the network device information.
关于第八方面或各种可选的实施方式所带来的技术效果,可参考对于第六方面或相应实施方式的技术效果的介绍,和/或参考对于第七方面或相应实施方式的技术效果的介绍。Regarding the technical effects brought about by the eighth aspect or various optional implementations, reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the sixth aspect or the corresponding implementations, and/or reference may be made to the introduction to the technical effects of the seventh aspect or the corresponding implementations.
第九方面,提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置可以为上述第一方面至第八方面中的任一方面所述的第一网络设备。所述通信装置具备上述第一网络设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为第一网络设备,或为包括第一网络设备的较大设备,或为第一网络设备中的功能模块,例如基带装置或芯片系统等。一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。收发单元能够实现发送功能和接收功能,在收发单元实现发送功能时,可称为发送单元(有时也称为发送模块),在收发单元实现接收功能时,可称为接收单元(有时也称为接收模块)。发送单元和接收单元可以是同一个功能模块,该功能模块称为收发单元,该功能模块能实现发送功能和接收功能;或者,发送单元和接收单元可以是不同的功能模块,收发单元是对这些功能模块的统称。In a ninth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the first network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects. The communication device has the function of the first network device. The communication device is, for example, a first network device, or a larger device including the first network device, or a functional module in the first network device, such as a baseband device or a chip system. In an optional implementation, the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. In another optional implementation, the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also referred to as a processing module) and a transceiver unit (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver module). The transceiver unit can implement a sending function and a receiving function. When the transceiver unit implements the sending function, it can be called a sending unit (sometimes also referred to as a sending module), and when the transceiver unit implements the receiving function, it can be called a receiving unit (sometimes also referred to as a receiving module). The sending unit and the receiving unit can be the same functional module, which is called a transceiver unit, and the functional module can implement a sending function and a receiving function; or, the sending unit and the receiving unit can be different functional modules, and the transceiver unit is a general term for these functional modules.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),用于从第一终端设备接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括第二终端设备的标识,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务;所述收发单元(或,所述发送单元),用于向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备的标识;所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),还用于从所述第二网络设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的位置。In an optional embodiment, the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first message from a first terminal device, the first message including an identifier of a second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device and positioning of the first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is also used to receive first information from the second network device, the first information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),用于从第一终端设备接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括第二终端设备的标识,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务;所述收发单元(或,所述发送单元),用于向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位 服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识;所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),还用于从所述第二网络设备接收所述第二终端设备的位置信息,以及,从所述第一终端设备接收第二信息,所述第二信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的位置;所述处理单元,用于根据所述第二终端设备的位置信息和所述第二信息确定所述第一终端设备的位置信息。In an optional implementation, the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first message from a first terminal device, the first message includes an identifier of a second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message includes an identifier of a second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; The service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device, and the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is also used to receive the location information of the second terminal device from the second network device, and to receive second information from the first terminal device, wherein the second information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device; the processing unit is used to determine the location information of the first terminal device based on the location information of the second terminal device and the second information.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),用于从第一终端设备接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息,其中,所述网络设备信息用于指示所述第一终端设备能够接收定位参考信号的网络设备,所述中继信息包括如下一项或多项:所述第一终端设备对于来自中继设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,中继设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息,或,所述第一终端设备通过中继连接网络的信息;所述收发单元(或,所述发送单元),用于向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述中继信息和/或所述网络设备信息;所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),用于从所述第二网络设备接收所述第一终端设备的位置信息。In an optional embodiment, the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first message from a first terminal device, the first message including relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, and the relay information includes one or more of the following: reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from a relay device, transmission power information of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information on the first terminal device connecting to the network via a relay; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first positioning service request message to a second network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, and the first positioning service request message also includes the relay information and/or the network device information; the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive the location information of the first terminal device from the second network device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述通信装置还包括存储单元(有时也称为存储模块),所述处理单元用于与所述存储单元耦合,并执行所述存储单元中的程序或指令,使能所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第八方面中的任一方面所述的第一网络设备的功能。In an optional embodiment, the communication device also includes a storage unit (sometimes also referred to as a storage module), and the processing unit is used to couple with the storage unit and execute the program or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication device can perform the function of the first network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
第十方面,提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置可以为上述第一方面至第八方面中的任一方面所述的第一终端设备。所述通信装置具备上述第一终端设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为终端设备,或为包括终端设备的较大设备,或为终端设备中的功能模块,例如基带装置或芯片系统等。一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。关于收发单元的实现方式可参考第九方面的介绍。In the tenth aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the first terminal device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects. The communication device has the functions of the first terminal device. The communication device is, for example, a terminal device, or a larger device including a terminal device, or a functional module in a terminal device, such as a baseband device or a chip system. In an optional implementation, the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. In another optional implementation, the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also referred to as a processing module) and a transceiver unit (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver module). For the implementation of the transceiver unit, reference may be made to the introduction of the ninth aspect.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),用于从第二终端设备接收第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第二终端设备的标识,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务;所述收发单元(或,所述发送单元),用于向第一网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第二终端设备的标识。In an optional embodiment, the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a second message from a second terminal device, the second message includes an identifier of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first message to the first network device, the first message includes the identifier of the second terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元(或,所述发送单元),用于向第二终端设备发送第五消息,以及,执行与所述第二终端设备之间的侧行定位,所述第五消息用于请求获得所述第二终端设备的位置信息;所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),用于从所述第二终端设备接收第三信息,所述第三信息用于确定所述第一终端设备的位置信息。In an optional embodiment, the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a fifth message to the second terminal device, and to perform side positioning with the second terminal device, wherein the fifth message is used to request the location information of the second terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive third information from the second terminal device, and the third information is used to determine the location information of the first terminal device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元(或,所述发送单元),用于向第一网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息,其中,所述网络设备信息用于指示所述第一终端设备能够接收定位参考信号的网络设备,所述中继信息包括如下一项或多项:所述第一终端设备对于来自中继设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,中继设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息,或,所述第一终端设备通过中继连接网络的信息。In an optional embodiment, the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send a first message to a first network device, the first message including relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, and the relay information includes one or more of the following: received signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from a relay device, transmission power information of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information on the first terminal device connecting to the network via a relay.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述通信装置还包括存储单元(有时也称为存储模块),所述处理单元用于与所述存储单元耦合,并执行所述存储单元中的程序或指令,使能所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第八方面中的任一方面所述的第一终端设备的功能。In an optional embodiment, the communication device also includes a storage unit (sometimes also referred to as a storage module), and the processing unit is used to couple with the storage unit and execute the program or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication device can perform the function of the first terminal device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
第十一方面,提供一种通信装置。所述通信装置可以为上述第一方面至第八方面中的任一方面所述的第二网络设备。所述通信装置具备上述第二网络设备的功能。所述通信装置例如为第二网络设备,或为包括第二网络设备的较大设备,或为第二网络设备中的功能模块,例如基带装置或芯片系统等。一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括基带装置和射频装置。另一种可选的实现方式中,所述通信装置包括处理单元(有时也称为处理模块)和收发单元(有时也称为收发模块)。关于收发单元的实现方式可参考第九方面的介绍。In the eleventh aspect, a communication device is provided. The communication device may be the second network device described in any one of the first aspect to the eighth aspect. The communication device has the functions of the second network device. The communication device is, for example, a second network device, or a larger device including a second network device, or a functional module in the second network device, such as a baseband device or a chip system. In an optional implementation, the communication device includes a baseband device and a radio frequency device. In another optional implementation, the communication device includes a processing unit (sometimes also referred to as a processing module) and a transceiver unit (sometimes also referred to as a transceiver module). For the implementation of the transceiver unit, reference may be made to the introduction of the ninth aspect.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),用于从第一网络设备接收第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对第二终端设备执行定位,以及对第一终端设备执行定位,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备的标识;所述处理单元,用于对所述第二终端设备执行 定位以及对所述第一终端设备执行定位,以获得第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的位置;所述收发单元(或,所述发送单元),用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述第一信息。In an optional implementation, the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first positioning service request message from the first network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request to perform positioning on the second terminal device, and to perform positioning on the first terminal device, the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device, and the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device; the processing unit is used to perform positioning on the second terminal device Positioning and performing positioning on the first terminal device to obtain first information, wherein the first information is used to indicate the location of the first terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send the first information to the first network device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述收发单元(或,所述接收单元),用于从第一网络设备接收第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对第一终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息,其中,所述网络设备信息用于指示所述第一终端设备能够接收定位参考信号的网络设备,所述中继信息包括如下一项或多项:所述第一终端设备对于来自中继设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,中继设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息,或,所述第一终端设备通过中继连接网络的信息;所述处理单元,用于对所述第一终端设备执行定位,以确定所述第一终端设备的位置信息;所述收发单元(或,所述发送单元),用于向所述第一网络设备发送所述第一终端设备的位置信息。In an optional embodiment, the transceiver unit (or, the receiving unit) is used to receive a first positioning service request message from a first network device, the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of a first terminal device, the first positioning service request message also includes relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that can receive a positioning reference signal for the first terminal device, and the relay information includes one or more of the following: received signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from a relay device, transmission power information of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information on the first terminal device connecting to the network via a relay; the processing unit is used to perform positioning on the first terminal device to determine the location information of the first terminal device; the transceiver unit (or, the sending unit) is used to send the location information of the first terminal device to the first network device.
在一种可选的实施方式中,所述通信装置还包括存储单元(有时也称为存储模块),所述处理单元用于与所述存储单元耦合,并执行所述存储单元中的程序或指令,使能所述通信装置执行上述第一方面至第八方面中的任一方面所述的第二网络设备的功能。In an optional embodiment, the communication device also includes a storage unit (sometimes also referred to as a storage module), and the processing unit is used to couple with the storage unit and execute the program or instructions in the storage unit, so that the communication device can perform the function of the second network device described in any one of the first to eighth aspects above.
第十二方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第一网络设备,或者为用于第一网络设备中的芯片或芯片系统。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器,可选的,还包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合,当处理器读取所述计算机程序或指令时,使通信装置执行上述各方面中由第一网络设备所执行的方法。In a twelfth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be a first network device, or a chip or chip system used in the first network device. The communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface. When the processor reads the computer program or instruction, the communication device executes the method executed by the first network device in the above aspects.
第十三方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第一终端设备,或者为用于第一终端设备中的芯片或芯片系统。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器,可选的,还包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合,当处理器读取所述计算机程序或指令时,使通信装置执行上述各方面中由第一终端设备所执行的方法。In a thirteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be a first terminal device, or a chip or chip system used in the first terminal device. The communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface. When the processor reads the computer program or instruction, the communication device executes the method executed by the first terminal device in the above aspects.
第十四方面,提供一种通信装置,该通信装置可以为第二网络设备,或者为用于第二网络设备中的芯片或芯片系统。该通信装置包括通信接口以及处理器,可选的,还包括存储器。其中,该存储器用于存储计算机程序,处理器与存储器、通信接口耦合,当处理器读取所述计算机程序或指令时,使通信装置执行上述各方面中由第二网络设备所执行的方法。In a fourteenth aspect, a communication device is provided, which may be a second network device, or a chip or chip system used in the second network device. The communication device includes a communication interface and a processor, and optionally, a memory. The memory is used to store a computer program, and the processor is coupled to the memory and the communication interface. When the processor reads the computer program or instruction, the communication device executes the method executed by the second network device in the above aspects.
第十五方面,提供一种通信系统,包括第一终端设备以及第一网络设备,其中,第一终端设备用于执行如第一方面至第八方面中任一方面所述的由第一终端设备执行的方法,第一网络设备用于执行如第一方面至第八方面中任一方面所述的由第一网络设备执行的方法。例如,第一终端设备可以通过第十方面或第十三方面所述的通信装置实现;第一网络设备可以通过第九方面或第十二方面所述的通信装置实现。In a fifteenth aspect, a communication system is provided, comprising a first terminal device and a first network device, wherein the first terminal device is used to execute the method executed by the first terminal device as described in any one of the first to eighth aspects, and the first network device is used to execute the method executed by the first network device as described in any one of the first to eighth aspects. For example, the first terminal device can be implemented by the communication device described in the tenth or thirteenth aspect; the first network device can be implemented by the communication device described in the ninth or twelfth aspect.
可选的,该通信系统还包括第二网络设备,用于执行如第一方面至第八方面中任一方面所述的由第二网络设备执行的方法。第二网络设备可以通过第十一方面或第十四方面所述的通信装置实现。Optionally, the communication system further includes a second network device, configured to execute the method performed by the second network device as described in any one of aspects 1 to 8. The second network device may be implemented by the communication apparatus described in aspect 11 or aspect 14.
第十六方面,提供一种计算机可读存储介质,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序或指令,当其被运行时,使得上述各方面中第一终端设备或第一网络设备或第二网络设备所执行的方法被实现。In the sixteenth aspect, a computer-readable storage medium is provided, wherein the computer-readable storage medium is used to store computer programs or instructions, and when the computer-readable storage medium is executed, the method executed by the first terminal device or the first network device or the second network device in the above aspects is implemented.
第十七方面,提供一种包含指令的计算机程序产品,当其在计算机上运行时,使得上述各方面所述的方法被实现。In a seventeenth aspect, a computer program product comprising instructions is provided, which, when executed on a computer, enables the methods described in the above aspects to be implemented.
第十八方面,提供一种芯片系统,包括处理器和接口,所述处理器用于从所述接口调用并运行指令,以使所述芯片系统实现上述各方面的方法。In the eighteenth aspect, a chip system is provided, including a processor and an interface, wherein the processor is used to call and execute instructions from the interface so that the chip system implements the above-mentioned methods.
附图说明BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
图1为本申请实施例的一种应用场景示意图;FIG1 is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application;
图2~图4、图6为本申请实施例提供的几种通信方法的流程图;2 to 4 and 6 are flow charts of several communication methods provided in embodiments of the present application;
图5为远端UE无法接收某些接入网设备的信号的示意图;FIG5 is a schematic diagram showing that a remote UE cannot receive signals from certain access network devices;
图7为本申请实施例提供的一种装置的示意图;FIG7 is a schematic diagram of a device provided in an embodiment of the present application;
图8为本申请实施例提供的又一种装置的示意图。FIG8 is a schematic diagram of another device provided in an embodiment of the present application.
具体实施方式Detailed ways
为了使本申请实施例的目的、技术方案和优点更加清楚,下面将结合附图对本申请实施例作进一步 地详细描述。In order to make the purpose, technical solutions and advantages of the embodiments of the present application clearer, the embodiments of the present application will be further described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Describe in detail.
本申请实施例中,对于名词的数目,除非特别说明,表示“单数名词或复数名词”,即"一个或多个”。“至少一个”是指一个或者多个,“多个”是指两个或两个以上。“和/或”,描述关联对象的关联关系,表示可以存在三种关系,例如,A和/或B,可以表示:单独存在A,同时存在A和B,单独存在B的情况,其中A,B可以是单数或者复数。字符“/”一般表示前后关联对象是一种“或”的关系。例如,A/B,表示:A或B。“以下至少一项(个)”或其类似表达,是指的这些项中的任意组合,包括单项(个)或复数项(个)的任意组合。例如,a,b,或c中的至少一项(个),表示:a,b,c,a和b,a和c,b和c,或a和b和c,其中a,b,c可以是单个,也可以是多个。In the embodiments of the present application, the number of nouns, unless otherwise specified, means "singular noun or plural noun", that is, "one or more". "At least one" means one or more, and "plural" means two or more. "And/or" describes the association relationship of associated objects, indicating that three relationships may exist. For example, A and/or B can mean: A exists alone, A and B exist at the same time, and B exists alone, where A and B can be singular or plural. The character "/" generally indicates that the previous and next associated objects are in an "or" relationship. For example, A/B means: A or B. "At least one of the following" or similar expressions refers to any combination of these items, including any combination of single or plural items. For example, at least one of a, b, or c means: a, b, c, a and b, a and c, b and c, or a and b and c, where a, b, c can be single or multiple.
本申请实施例提及“第一”、“第二”等序数词是用于对多个对象进行区分,不用于限定多个对象的大小、内容、顺序、时序、优先级或者重要程度等。另外,本申请实施例所介绍的各个实施例中对于步骤的编号,只是为了区分不同的步骤,并不用于限定步骤之间的先后顺序。例如,S201可以发生在S202之前,或者可能发生在S202之后,或者也可能与S202同时发生。The ordinal numbers such as "first" and "second" mentioned in the embodiments of the present application are used to distinguish multiple objects, and are not used to limit the size, content, order, timing, priority or importance of multiple objects. In addition, the numbering of the steps in each embodiment introduced in the embodiments of the present application is only to distinguish different steps, and is not used to limit the order between the steps. For example, S201 may occur before S202, or may occur after S202, or may occur at the same time as S202.
以下,对本申请实施例中的部分用语或概念进行解释说明,以便于本领域技术人员理解。Below, some terms or concepts in the embodiments of the present application are explained to facilitate understanding by those skilled in the art.
(1)本申请实施例中,终端设备是一种具有无线收发功能的设备,可以是固定设备,移动设备、手持设备(例如手机)、穿戴设备、车载设备,或内置于上述设备中的无线装置(例如,通信模块,调制解调器,或芯片系统等)。所述终端设备用于连接人,物,机器等,可广泛用于各种场景,例如包括但不限于以下场景:蜂窝通信、设备到设备通信(device-to-device,D2D)、V2X、机器到机器/机器类通信(machine-to-machine/machine-type communications,M2M/MTC)、物联网(internet of things,IoT)、虚拟现实(virtual reality,VR)、增强现实(augmented reality,AR)、工业控制(industrial control)、无人驾驶(self driving)、远程医疗(remote medical)、智能电网(smart grid)、智能家具、智能办公、智能穿戴(例如智能手表、智能手环、智能头盔或智能眼镜等)、智能交通,智慧城市(smart city)、无人机、机器人等场景的终端设备。所述终端设备有时可称为UE、终端、接入站、UE站、客户端设备(customer premise equipment,CPE)、远方站、无线通信设备、或用户装置等等。为描述方便,本申请实施例中将终端设备以UE为例进行说明。(1) In the embodiments of the present application, the terminal device is a device with wireless transceiver function, which can be a fixed device, a mobile device, a handheld device (such as a mobile phone), a wearable device, a vehicle-mounted device, or a wireless device built into the above device (such as a communication module, a modem, or a chip system, etc.). The terminal device is used to connect people, objects, machines, etc., and can be widely used in various scenarios, such as but not limited to the following scenarios: cellular communication, device-to-device communication (device-to-device, D2D), V2X, machine-to-machine/machine-type communication (machine-to-machine/machine-type communications, M2M/MTC), Internet of Things (Internet of Things, IoT), virtual reality (virtual reality, VR), augmented reality (augmented reality, AR), industrial control (industrial control), self-driving, remote medical, smart grid (smart grid), smart furniture, smart office, smart wearable (such as smart watch, smart bracelet, smart helmet or smart glasses, etc.), smart transportation, smart city (smart city), drone, robot and other scenarios of terminal devices. The terminal device may sometimes be referred to as UE, terminal, access station, UE station, customer premises equipment (CPE), remote station, wireless communication device, or user device, etc. For the convenience of description, the terminal device is described by taking UE as an example in the embodiments of the present application.
(2)本申请实施例中的网络设备,例如包括接入网设备,和/或核心网设备。所述接入网设备为具有无线收发功能的设备,用于与所述终端设备进行通信。所述接入网设备包括但不限于基站(基站收发站点(base transceiver station,BTS),Node B,eNodeB/eNB,或gNodeB/gNB)、收发点(transmission reception point,TRP),第三代合作伙伴计划(3rd generation partnership project,3GPP)后续演进的基站,无线保真(wireless fidelity,Wi-Fi)系统中的接入节点,无线中继节点,无线回传节点等。所述基站可以是:宏基站,微基站,微微基站,小站,中继站等。多个基站可以支持同一种接入技术的网络,也可以支持不同接入技术的网络。基站可以包含一个或多个共站或非共站的传输接收点。所述接入网设备还可以是云无线接入网络(cloud radio access network,CRAN)场景下的无线控制器、集中单元(centralized unit,CU),和/或分布单元(distributed unit,DU)。所述接入网设备还可以是服务器等。例如,车到一切(vehicle to everything,V2X)技术中的网络设备可以为路侧单元(road side unit,RSU)。以下对接入网设备以基站为例进行说明。基站可以与终端设备进行通信,也可以通过中继站与终端设备进行通信。终端设备可以与不同接入技术中的多个基站进行通信。所述核心网设备用于实现移动管理,数据处理,会话管理,策略和计费等功能。不同接入技术的系统中实现核心网功能的设备名称可以不同,本申请实施例并不对此进行限定。以第五代(the 5th generation,5G)移动通信系统为例,所述核心网设备包括:访问和移动管理功能(access and mobility management function,AMF)、会话管理功能(session management function,SMF)、策略控制功能(policy control function,PCF)、用户面功能(user plane function,UPF)、位置管理功能(location management function,LMF)或定位服务器(location services,LCS)等。(2) The network devices in the embodiments of the present application include, for example, access network devices and/or core network devices. The access network devices are devices with wireless transceiver functions, which are used to communicate with the terminal devices. The access network devices include, but are not limited to, base stations (base transceiver stations (BTS), Node B, eNodeB/eNB, or gNodeB/gNB), transmission reception points (TRP), base stations subsequently evolved from the third generation partnership project (3GPP), access nodes in wireless fidelity (Wi-Fi) systems, wireless relay nodes, wireless backhaul nodes, etc. The base stations may be: macro base stations, micro base stations, micro-micro base stations, small stations, relay stations, etc. Multiple base stations may support networks with the same access technology, or networks with different access technologies. A base station may include one or more co-located or non-co-located transmission reception points. The access network device may also be a wireless controller, a centralized unit (CU), and/or a distributed unit (DU) in a cloud radio access network (CRAN) scenario. The access network device may also be a server, etc. For example, the network device in the vehicle to everything (V2X) technology may be a road side unit (RSU). The following describes the access network device using a base station as an example. The base station can communicate with a terminal device, or it can communicate with the terminal device through a relay station. The terminal device can communicate with multiple base stations in different access technologies. The core network device is used to implement functions such as mobility management, data processing, session management, policy and billing. The names of the devices that implement core network functions in systems with different access technologies may be different, and the embodiments of the present application do not limit this. Taking the 5th generation (5G) mobile communication system as an example, the core network equipment includes: access and mobility management function (AMF), session management function (SMF), policy control function (PCF), user plane function (UPF), location management function (LMF) or positioning server (LCS), etc.
本申请实施例中,用于实现网络设备功能的通信装置可以是网络设备,也可以是能够支持网络设备实现该功能的装置,例如芯片系统,该装置可以被安装在网络设备中。在本申请实施例提供的技术方案中,以用于实现网络设备的功能的装置是网络设备为例,描述本申请实施例提供的技术方案。In the embodiment of the present application, the communication device for realizing the function of the network device may be a network device, or may be a device capable of supporting the network device to realize the function, such as a chip system, which may be installed in the network device. In the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application, the technical solution provided in the embodiment of the present application is described by taking the device for realizing the function of the network device as an example that the network device is used as the device.
(3)传输点(transmission point,TP),用于一个小区、一个小区的一部分或一个仅支持下行(downlink,DL)-PRS的TP的一组地理上共址的发射天线(例如具有一个或多个天线元件的天线阵列)。传输点可以包括基站(ng-eNB或gNB)天线、远端无线电头、基站的远端天线、仅支持DL-PRS TP的天线等。 一个小区可以包括一个或多个传输点。对于同构部署,每个传输点可以对应一个小区。(3) Transmission point (TP): A set of geographically co-located transmit antennas (e.g., an antenna array with one or more antenna elements) for a cell, a portion of a cell, or a TP that only supports downlink (DL)-PRS. Transmission points may include base station (ng-eNB or gNB) antennas, remote radio heads, remote antennas of base stations, antennas of TPs that only support DL-PRS, etc. A cell may include one or more transmission points. For homogeneous deployment, each transmission point may correspond to a cell.
(4)传输接收点(transmission reception point,TRP):一组地理上共址的天线(例如具有一个或多个天线元件的天线阵列),支持TP和/或RP功能。(4) Transmission reception point (TRP): A group of geographically co-located antennas (e.g., an antenna array with one or more antenna elements) that supports TP and/or RP functionality.
(5)接收点(reception point,RP),用于一个小区、一个小区的一部分或一个仅上行(uplink,UL)-SRS的RP的一组地理上共址的接收天线(例如具有一个或多个天线元件的天线阵列)。接收点可以包括基站(ng-eNB或gNB)天线、远端无线电头、基站的远端天线、仅支持UL-SRS RP的天线等。一个小区可以包括一个或多个接收点。对于同构部署,每个接收点可以对应一个小区。(5) Reception point (RP), a set of geographically co-located receiving antennas (e.g., an antenna array with one or more antenna elements) for a cell, a portion of a cell, or an uplink (UL)-SRS-only RP. Reception points may include base station (ng-eNB or gNB) antennas, remote radio heads, remote antennas of base stations, antennas supporting UL-SRS-only RPs, etc. A cell may include one or more reception points. For homogeneous deployments, each reception point may correspond to one cell.
本申请实施例中,基站、TP、TRP、RP、小区等概念,彼此之间可以互相替换。In the embodiments of the present application, concepts such as base station, TP, TRP, RP, cell, etc. can be replaced with each other.
以下介绍本申请实施例涉及的技术特征。The following introduces the technical features involved in the embodiments of the present application.
当前3GPP引入sidelink relay以支持U2N relay功能。sidelink relay可以为remote UE提供到网络的连接。UE可以通过sidelink relay的方式连接到网络设备,例如,remote UE可以与relay UE建立连接,以通过relay UE连接到网络设备。例如,在一些应用场景中,中继UE可以是手机等智能终端,远端UE可以是电子手环等智能穿戴设备,智能穿戴设备可以通过智能终端作为中继接入基站。Currently, 3GPP introduces sidelink relay to support U2N relay function. Sidelink relay can provide remote UE with connection to the network. UE can connect to network equipment through sidelink relay. For example, remote UE can establish connection with relay UE to connect to network equipment through relay UE. For example, in some application scenarios, relay UE can be a smart terminal such as a mobile phone, and remote UE can be a smart wearable device such as an electronic bracelet. Smart wearable devices can access base stations through smart terminals as relays.
一种可能的relay情况为,remote UE处于基站的覆盖范围之外,但是remote UE与relay UE建立连接后,remote UE可以通过relay UE与基站进行通信。另一种可能的relay情况为,remote UE处于基站的覆盖范围内,remote UE除了与基站直接连接以外,还可以与relay UE建立连接,并通过relay UE与基站进行通信。One possible relay situation is that the remote UE is out of the coverage of the base station, but after the remote UE establishes a connection with the relay UE, the remote UE can communicate with the base station through the relay UE. Another possible relay situation is that the remote UE is within the coverage of the base station. In addition to directly connecting to the base station, the remote UE can also establish a connection with the relay UE and communicate with the base station through the relay UE.
涉及到relay的场景包括但不限于如下几种。Scenarios involving relay include but are not limited to the following.
场景1:remote UE请求紧急业务,例如remote UE有紧急呼叫(emergency call)的请求,此时remote UE无法直接与网络设备建立连接,remote UE找到周围的relay UE,并通过relay UE发起紧急呼叫。Scenario 1: The remote UE requests emergency services. For example, the remote UE has an emergency call request. At this time, the remote UE cannot directly establish a connection with the network device. The remote UE finds the surrounding relay UE and initiates an emergency call through the relay UE.
场景2:remote UE想要与网络设备进行通信,此时remote UE找到一个relay UE,通过relay UE与网络设备通信。例如remote UE将上行数据发送给relay UE,再由relay UE转发至基站;基站将下行数据发送给relay UE,再由relay UE转发至remote UE。Scenario 2: The remote UE wants to communicate with the network device. At this time, the remote UE finds a relay UE and communicates with the network device through the relay UE. For example, the remote UE sends uplink data to the relay UE, which then forwards it to the base station; the base station sends downlink data to the relay UE, which then forwards it to the remote UE.
现在可以通过定位技术对target UE进行定位,使得请求定位服务的网元/UE/实体获取目标UE的位置。例如,目标UE可以接收PRS和/或发送SRS,并使用NR系统或LTE系统支持的定位方法,实现对该目标UE的定位。发起定位服务的网元/UE/实体可包括:定位服务器(location services,LCS)、UE、或者AMF等。例如:LCS可以向target UE的服务(serving)AMF请求定位该target UE,该定位过程可以称为移动终结的定位请求(mobile terminated location request,MT-LR);或者,target UE的serving AMF决定定位该target UE,该过程可以称为网络触发定位请求(network induced location request,NI-LR);或者,target UE向该target UE的serving AMF请求定位服务,该过程可以称为移动发起的定位请求(mobile originated location request,MO-LR)。The target UE can now be located by positioning technology, so that the network element/UE/entity requesting the positioning service obtains the location of the target UE. For example, the target UE can receive PRS and/or send SRS, and use the positioning method supported by the NR system or the LTE system to realize the positioning of the target UE. The network element/UE/entity that initiates the positioning service may include: a positioning server (location services, LCS), a UE, or an AMF, etc. For example: the LCS may request the serving AMF of the target UE to locate the target UE, and the positioning process may be called a mobile terminated location request (mobile terminated location request, MT-LR); or, the serving AMF of the target UE decides to locate the target UE, and the process may be called a network induced location request (NI-LR); or, the target UE requests the serving AMF of the target UE for positioning services, and the process may be called a mobile originated location request (mobile originated location request, MO-LR).
定位方法可以有多种,例如多往返时间(multi-round trip time,Multi-RTT)定位、下行到达时间差(downlink time difference of arrival,DL-TDOA)定位、上行到达时间差(uplink time difference of arrival,UL-TDOA)定位、下行偏离角(downlink angle-of-departure,DL-AoD)定位、上行到达角(uplink angle of arrival,UL-AoA)定位、NR增强的小区ID(NR enhanced cell ID,NR E-CID)定位、运动感应器(motion sensor)定位、地面信标系统(terrestrial beacon system,TBS)定位、蓝牙(bluetooth)定位、无线局域网(wireless local area network,WLAN)定位、气压计传感器(barometric pressure sensor)定位、enhanced Cell ID定位、到达时间观测时间差(observed time difference of arrival,OTDOA)定位、网络辅助的全球导航卫星系统(global navigation satellite system,GNSS)定位等。There are many positioning methods, such as multi-round trip time (Multi-RTT) positioning, downlink time difference of arrival (DL-TDOA) positioning, uplink time difference of arrival (UL-TDOA) positioning, downlink angle-of-departure (DL-AoD) positioning, uplink angle of arrival (UL-AoA) positioning, NR enhanced cell ID (NR E-CID) positioning, and Motion sensor (motion sensor) positioning, terrestrial beacon system (TBS) positioning, Bluetooth positioning, wireless local area network (WLAN) positioning, barometer sensor (barometric pressure sensor) positioning, enhanced Cell ID positioning, observed time difference of arrival (OTDOA) positioning, network-assisted global navigation satellite system (GNSS) positioning, etc.
目前对target UE的定位流程,未考虑target UE是通过relay UE连接到网络设备的情况,即,未考虑target UE为relay场景中的remote UE时的定位流程。如果target UE为relay场景中的remote UE,则目前无法实现对该target UE的定位。The current positioning process for the target UE does not consider the case where the target UE is connected to the network device through the relay UE, that is, the positioning process when the target UE is the remote UE in the relay scenario is not considered. If the target UE is the remote UE in the relay scenario, it is currently impossible to locate the target UE.
本申请实施例提出,如果对中继场景下通过relay UE接入网络的target UE进行定位,可以采用如下两种方式中的任一种:方式1,通过Uu定位和侧行链路(sidelink,SL)定位方式对target UE进行定位;方式2,仅通过Uu定位的方式对target UE进行定位。其中,Uu接口为空中接口,因此Uu定位也可以称为空口定位。The embodiment of the present application proposes that if the target UE accessing the network through the relay UE in the relay scenario is positioned, any of the following two methods can be used: Method 1, positioning the target UE through Uu positioning and sidelink (SL) positioning; Method 2, positioning the target UE only through Uu positioning. Among them, the Uu interface is an air interface, so Uu positioning can also be called air interface positioning.
在方式1中,核心网设备可以首先通过Uu定位流程定位relay UE,另外relay UE与target UE之间再执行SL定位,基于relay UE的位置信息和SL定位结果可以得到target UE的位置信息。但是在中继 场景中,target UE通过relay UE接入网络设备,由于核心网设备对于relay UE的存在并不感知,因此核心网设备无法获知要对relay UE进行定位,另外relay UE和target UE也无法获知是否需要执行SL定位。In method 1, the core network device can first locate the relay UE through the Uu positioning process, and then perform SL positioning between the relay UE and the target UE. The location information of the target UE can be obtained based on the location information of the relay UE and the SL positioning result. In the scenario, the target UE accesses the network device through the relay UE. Since the core network device is not aware of the existence of the relay UE, the core network device cannot know that the relay UE needs to be located. In addition, the relay UE and the target UE cannot know whether SL positioning needs to be performed.
方式2也存在一些问题,将在后文介绍。Method 2 also has some problems, which will be introduced later.
鉴于方式1的问题,提供本申请实施例的技术方案。本申请实施例中,第二UE为第一UE提供中继服务,例如第二UE为relay UE,第一UE为remote UE。第一UE设备可以向第一网络设备发送第二UE的标识,使得第一网络设备能够获知第二UE的存在,由此第一网络设备能够发起对relay UE的Uu定位。另外第一网络设备还能请求对第一UE进行SL定位,使得第一UE和第二UE之间能够执行SL定位。也就是说,本申请实施例使得核心网能够感知中继场景下的relay UE的存在,使得中继场景下的定位过程得以实现。In view of the problem of method 1, a technical solution of an embodiment of the present application is provided. In the embodiment of the present application, the second UE provides a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second UE is a relay UE and the first UE is a remote UE. The first UE device can send an identifier of the second UE to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second UE, thereby the first network device can initiate Uu positioning of the relay UE. In addition, the first network device can also request SL positioning of the first UE, so that SL positioning can be performed between the first UE and the second UE. In other words, the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized.
本申请实施例提供的技术方案可以应用于第四代移动通信技术(the 4th generation,4G)系统中,例如长期演进(long term evolution,LTE)系统,或可以应用于5G系统中,例如NR系统,或者还可以应用于下一代移动通信系统或其他类似的通信系统,例如第六代移动通信技术(the 6th generation,6G)系统等,具体的不做限制。本申请实施例提供的技术方案还可以应用于remote UE通过relay UE连接网络的中继场景,该remote UE例如为智能手表、智能手环或智能眼镜等穿戴式设备,该relay UE例如为智能手机或CPE等设备。The technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application can be applied to the fourth generation mobile communication technology (the 4th generation, 4G) system, such as the long term evolution (long term evolution, LTE) system, or can be applied to the 5G system, such as the NR system, or can also be applied to the next generation mobile communication system or other similar communication systems, such as the sixth generation mobile communication technology (the 6th generation, 6G) system, etc., without specific limitation. The technical solution provided in the embodiments of the present application can also be applied to the relay scenario where the remote UE is connected to the network through the relay UE, the remote UE is, for example, a wearable device such as a smart watch, a smart bracelet or smart glasses, and the relay UE is, for example, a smart phone or a CPE device.
请参考图1,为本申请实施例的一种应用场景的示意图。remote UE(图1中表示为远端UE)通过relay UE(图1中表示为中继UE)连接到网络设备,该网络设备例如为接入网设备。该网络设备还可以与核心网连接,例如该网络设备可以与AMF通信。另外该AMF还可以与位置服务器通信,位置服务器可用于实施定位。在不同的通信系统(例如4G系统或5G系统)中,位置服务器可能不同,例如位置服务器包括定位管理功能(location management function,LMF)、增强移动服务定位中心(enhanced serving mobile location centre,E-SMLC)或安全用户平面定位平台(SUPL location platform,SLP)。图1中,以位置服务器包括LMF为例。本申请实施例可以对该remote UE执行定位,或者对该remote UE和该relay UE执行定位。其中在执行定位时,参与对remote UE进行定位的网络设备(例如接入网设备)可能有一个或多个,这一个或多个网络设备可以包括图1中的网络设备,也可以不包括图1中的网络设备;参与对relay UE进行定位的网络设备(例如接入网设备)也可能有一个或多个,这一个或多个网络设备可以包括图1中的网络设备,也可以不包括图1中的网络设备。参与对remote UE进行定位的网络设备和参与对relay UE进行定位的网络设备可能有交集,也可能没有交集。Please refer to Figure 1, which is a schematic diagram of an application scenario of an embodiment of the present application. A remote UE (represented as a remote UE in Figure 1) is connected to a network device through a relay UE (represented as a relay UE in Figure 1), and the network device is, for example, an access network device. The network device can also be connected to a core network, for example, the network device can communicate with an AMF. In addition, the AMF can also communicate with a location server, and the location server can be used to implement positioning. In different communication systems (such as a 4G system or a 5G system), the location server may be different, for example, the location server includes a location management function (LMF), an enhanced mobile service location center (enhanced serving mobile location centre, E-SMLC) or a secure user plane location platform (SUPL location platform, SLP). In Figure 1, the location server includes an LMF as an example. The embodiment of the present application can perform positioning on the remote UE, or perform positioning on the remote UE and the relay UE. When performing positioning, there may be one or more network devices (such as access network devices) involved in positioning the remote UE, and these one or more network devices may include or exclude the network devices in Figure 1; there may also be one or more network devices (such as access network devices) involved in positioning the relay UE, and these one or more network devices may include or exclude the network devices in Figure 1. The network devices involved in positioning the remote UE and the network devices involved in positioning the relay UE may or may not have an intersection.
为了更好地介绍本申请实施例,下面结合附图介绍本申请实施例所提供的方法。后文中如无特殊说明,则本申请的各个实施例对应的附图中,虚线表示的步骤均为可选的步骤。本申请的各个实施例中,紧急业务例如为紧急呼叫业务,或者也可以是其他类型的紧急业务。In order to better describe the embodiments of the present application, the method provided by the embodiments of the present application is described below in conjunction with the accompanying drawings. Unless otherwise specified herein, the steps indicated by dotted lines in the accompanying drawings corresponding to the various embodiments of the present application are all optional steps. In the various embodiments of the present application, the emergency service is, for example, an emergency call service, or may be other types of emergency services.
下面介绍本申请实施例提供的一种通信方法,请参见图2,为该方法的流程图。其中,本申请的各个实施例所提供的方法可应用于图1所示的网络架构,例如本申请的各个实施例提供的方法所涉及的第一UE可以是图1中的remote UE;本申请的各个实施例提供的方法所涉及的第二UE可以是图1中的relay UE;本申请的各个实施例提供的方法所涉及的第一网络设备可以是图1中的AMF,在后文介绍中以AMF为例;本申请的各个实施例提供的方法所涉及的第二网络设备可以是图1中的LMF,在后文介绍中以LMF为例。A communication method provided by an embodiment of the present application is introduced below. Please refer to Figure 2, which is a flow chart of the method. Among them, the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be applied to the network architecture shown in Figure 1. For example, the first UE involved in the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be the remote UE in Figure 1; the second UE involved in the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be the relay UE in Figure 1; the first network device involved in the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be the AMF in Figure 1, and AMF is used as an example in the following description; the second network device involved in the methods provided by various embodiments of the present application can be the LMF in Figure 1, and LMF is used as an example in the following description.
S201、第一UE向AMF发送第一消息。相应的,AMF接收来自第一UE的第一消息。第一消息可以通过接入网设备发送给AMF。第一消息例如为非接入层(non-access stratum,NAS)消息,或者也可以是接入层(access stratum,AS)消息,例如一种AS消息为无线资源控制(radio resource control,RRC)消息。例如,如果第一消息为NAS消息,则第一消息可以为注册请求(registration request)消息,业务请求(service request)消息,上行NAS传输(UL NAS transport)消息,或者定位服务请求消息等。如果第一消息为NAS消息,第一消息可通过接入网设备透传给AMF,例如接入网设备接收第一消息后,接入网设备不会读取第一消息,而是将第一消息转发给AMF。S201. The first UE sends a first message to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the first message from the first UE. The first message may be sent to the AMF through an access network device. The first message may be, for example, a non-access stratum (NAS) message, or may also be an access stratum (AS) message, for example, an AS message is a radio resource control (RRC) message. For example, if the first message is a NAS message, the first message may be a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transport (UL NAS transport) message, or a positioning service request message, etc. If the first message is a NAS message, the first message may be transparently transmitted to the AMF through the access network device. For example, after the access network device receives the first message, the access network device will not read the first message, but forward the first message to the AMF.
例如,第一消息包括第一UE的中继UE的信息。例如第一UE的中继UE为第二UE,因此第一UE可包括第二UE的信息,相当于通过第一消息使得AMF获知了第一UE的relay UE的信息。可选的,第一消息除了包括第二UE的信息外,还可以包括其他信息,例如还可以包括后文图6所示的实施例将要介绍的中继信息和/或网络设备信息,或者还可以包括其他信息等。 For example, the first message includes the information of the relay UE of the first UE. For example, the relay UE of the first UE is the second UE, so the first UE may include the information of the second UE, which is equivalent to enabling the AMF to learn the information of the relay UE of the first UE through the first message. Optionally, in addition to the information of the second UE, the first message may also include other information, for example, it may also include the relay information and/or network device information to be introduced in the embodiment shown in FIG. 6 later, or it may also include other information.
第二UE的信息例如包括第二UE的标识,例如第二UE的身份号(ID)。可选的,第二UE的标识可包括如下一种或多种:第二UE的5G-服务(system,S)-临时移动用户标识(temporary mobile subscriber identity,TMSI),第二UE的小区无线网络临时标识(cell radio network temporary identifier,C-RNTI),第二UE的非激活态无线网络临时标识(inactive RNTI,I-RNTI),用户永久标识(subscription permanent identifier,SUPI),或,用户隐藏标识(subscription concealed identifier,SUCI)。The information of the second UE includes, for example, an identifier of the second UE, such as an identity number (ID) of the second UE. Optionally, the identifier of the second UE may include one or more of the following: a 5G-service (system, S)-temporary mobile subscriber identity (TMSI) of the second UE, a cell radio network temporary identifier (C-RNTI) of the second UE, an inactive RNTI (I-RNTI) of the second UE, a subscription permanent identifier (SUPI), or a subscription concealed identifier (SUCI).
作为一种可选的实施方式,第二UE的信息除了包括第二UE的标识外,还可以包括接收信号质量信息,和/或,第二UE的SL发送功率信息(或者,第二UE对第一UE的发送功率信息)。该接收质量信息可指示第一UE对于来自第二UE的信号的接收信号质量,该信号例如为SL信号。例如该接收信号质量信息对应的参数为参考信号接收功率(reference signal receiving power,RSRP)、参考信号接收质量(reference signal receiving quality,RSRQ)或信号与干扰加噪声比(rignal to interference plus noise ratio,SINR)中的一种或多种。其中,第一UE通过对来自第二UE的信号进行测量,可以获得该接收信号质量信息。该信号例如为后文将要介绍的S203中的第二消息,或者也可以是第二UE向第一UE发送的其他信号。例如该信号可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的发现过程中的信号,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的信号,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立成功后的信号。该信号可以是专用于测量的信号,例如用于测量的参考信号,或者也可以是具有其他功能的信号。而第二UE对第一UE的发送功率信息,可理解为第二UE向第一UE发送信号时使用的发送功率的信息,该信息可由第二UE告知第一UE。其中,该发送功率所对应的信号可以是第二消息,或者也可以是第二UE向第一UE发送的其他信号。例如该信号可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的发现过程中的信号,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的信号,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立成功后的信号。As an optional implementation, the information of the second UE may include, in addition to the identifier of the second UE, received signal quality information and/or SL transmission power information of the second UE (or, the transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE). The received quality information may indicate the received signal quality of the first UE for the signal from the second UE, which is, for example, an SL signal. For example, the parameter corresponding to the received signal quality information is one or more of reference signal receiving power (RSRP), reference signal receiving quality (RSRQ) or signal to interference plus noise ratio (SINR). The first UE may obtain the received signal quality information by measuring the signal from the second UE. The signal may be, for example, the second message in S203 to be introduced later, or may be other signals sent by the second UE to the first UE. For example, the signal may be a signal in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established. The signal may be a signal dedicated to measurement, such as a reference signal for measurement, or may be a signal with other functions. The transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE may be understood as information about the transmission power used when the second UE sends a signal to the first UE, and the information may be notified to the first UE by the second UE. The signal corresponding to the transmission power may be a second message, or may be other signals sent by the second UE to the first UE. For example, the signal may be a signal in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established.
可选的,第一UE可以主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,或者,第一UE也可能不会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息。例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息。如果第一UE将该第一使能信息的值设置为第一值,表明第一UE可以主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息(或者,主动获得并向AMF发送第二UE的信息),例如第一UE可以在发起紧急业务时主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,或者第一UE可以在有定位需求时主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息;如果第一UE将该第一使能信息的值设置为第二值,或者将该第一使能信息的值不设置为第一值,则表明第一UE不会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息(或者,不会主动获得第二UE的信息,和/或不会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息),例如第一UE不会在发起紧急业务时主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,或者不会在有定位需求时主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息。例如,第一UE可将该第一使能信息的值预先发送给AMF,或者第一UE也可以不将该第一使能信息的值告知AMF。Optionally, the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, or the first UE may not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF. For example, the first UE may set the first enabling information. If the first UE sets the value of the first enabling information to the first value, it indicates that the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF (or actively obtain and send the information of the second UE to the AMF), for example, the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF when initiating an emergency service, or the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF when there is a positioning requirement; if the first UE sets the value of the first enabling information to the second value, or does not set the value of the first enabling information to the first value, it indicates that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF (or will not actively obtain the information of the second UE, and/or will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF), for example, the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF when initiating an emergency service, or will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF when there is a positioning requirement. For example, the first UE may send the value of the first enabling information to the AMF in advance, or the first UE may not inform the AMF of the value of the first enabling information.
本申请实施例中,该定位过程可以由AMF发起,或者由第一UE发起,或者由LCS发起。在由不同的网元发起时,执行流程可能有相应的不同,下面分别介绍。In the embodiment of the present application, the positioning process may be initiated by the AMF, or by the first UE, or by the LCS. When initiated by different network elements, the execution process may be correspondingly different, which are introduced below.
1、AMF发起定位过程。1. AMF initiates the positioning process.
在AMF发起定位过程的方式下,该方法还可以包括S202,AMF确定对第一UE进行定位。其中,该定位过程可包括第二UE的定位过程,以及包括第一UE的定位过程;或者,该定位过程可包括第二UE的Uu定位过程,以及包括第一UE的SL定位过程。或者S202也可以替换为,AMF确定对第一UE进行定位,以及确定对第二UE进行定位(或者,AMF确定对第一UE进行Uu定位,以及对第二UE进行SL定位)。可理解为,AMF可以决策定位,以及可以决策定位方式(例如对第二UE执行Uu定位,对第一UE执行SL定位);或者,AMF可以决策定位,但不决策定位方式,具体定位方式可由LMF决策(例如,AMF决策对第一UE进行定位,以及对第二UE进行定位;LMF决策对第二UE执行Uu定位,对第一UE执行SL定位)。In the manner in which the AMF initiates the positioning process, the method may further include S202, where the AMF determines to locate the first UE. The positioning process may include a positioning process for the second UE, and a positioning process for the first UE; or, the positioning process may include a Uu positioning process for the second UE, and a SL positioning process for the first UE. Or, S202 may also be replaced by the AMF determining to locate the first UE, and determining to locate the second UE (or, the AMF determines to perform Uu positioning on the first UE, and performs SL positioning on the second UE). It can be understood that the AMF can decide on the positioning, and can decide on the positioning method (for example, perform Uu positioning on the second UE, and perform SL positioning on the first UE); or, the AMF can decide on the positioning, but not on the positioning method, and the specific positioning method may be decided by the LMF (for example, the AMF decides to locate the first UE, and to locate the second UE; the LMF decides to perform Uu positioning on the second UE, and perform SL positioning on the first UE).
可选的,S202可以理解为包括两个过程,其中一个过程为,AMF确定针对第一UE的定位需求;其中另一个过程为AMF确定对第二UE进行定位,或者,AMF确定对第一UE和第二UE进行定位,例如AMF接收第一消息后,AMF可以基于第一消息确定需要对第二UE进行定位,例如AMF基于第一消息确定第一UE通过中继连接网络设备,则为了定位第一UE,AMF确定需要定位第二UE。或者,S202也可以理解为包括一个过程,该过程为如上所述的,AMF确定对第一UE和第二UE进行定位,那么可选的,在S202中还可以包括,AMF基于第一消息确定第一UE通过中继连接网络设备,则为了定位第一UE,AMF确定发起定位过程,例如该定位过程针对第一UE和第二UE。 Optionally, S202 can be understood as including two processes, one of which is that the AMF determines the positioning requirement for the first UE; and the other process is that the AMF determines to locate the second UE, or the AMF determines to locate the first UE and the second UE. For example, after the AMF receives the first message, the AMF can determine that the second UE needs to be located based on the first message. For example, the AMF determines that the first UE is connected to the network device via a relay based on the first message, and then in order to locate the first UE, the AMF determines that the second UE needs to be located. Alternatively, S202 can also be understood as including a process, and the process is as described above, the AMF determines to locate the first UE and the second UE, then optionally, S202 can also include that the AMF determines that the first UE is connected to the network device via a relay based on the first message, and then in order to locate the first UE, the AMF determines to initiate a positioning process, for example, the positioning process is for the first UE and the second UE.
AMF可以通过多种因素确定执行定位。例如,如果第一UE请求紧急业务,则AMF可以确定执行定位。第一UE要请求紧急业务,可以发起紧急业务相关的过程,例如第一消息为NAS消息,AMF可以根据第一消息确定UE要请求紧急业务,则AMF可以确定执行定位。例如第一消息为registration request消息,则该registration request消息携带的注册类型信息为紧急注册(emergency registration),AMF根据该注册类型信息就可以确定执行定位。又例如,第一消息为service request消息,则该service request消息携带的业务类型信息为紧急业务(emergency service),AMF根据该业务类型信息就可以确定执行定位。AMF还可以根据除了第一消息以外的其他消息确定UE要请求紧急业务,例如,第一消息为UL NAS transport消息,AMF根据携带注册类型信息为emergency registration的registration request消息或者携带业务类型信息为emergency service的service request消息确定UE要请求紧急业务,然后再通过第一消息获取第一消息包括的第二UE的信息。AMF can determine to perform positioning based on a variety of factors. For example, if the first UE requests an emergency service, the AMF can determine to perform positioning. If the first UE wants to request an emergency service, it can initiate a process related to the emergency service. For example, if the first message is a NAS message, the AMF can determine that the UE wants to request an emergency service based on the first message, and the AMF can determine to perform positioning. For example, if the first message is a registration request message, the registration type information carried by the registration request message is emergency registration (emergency registration), and the AMF can determine to perform positioning based on the registration type information. For another example, if the first message is a service request message, the service type information carried by the service request message is emergency service (emergency service), and the AMF can determine to perform positioning based on the service type information. The AMF can also determine that the UE wants to request emergency services based on other messages other than the first message. For example, the first message is a UL NAS transport message. The AMF determines that the UE wants to request emergency services based on a registration request message carrying registration type information of emergency registration or a service request message carrying service type information of emergency service, and then obtains the information of the second UE included in the first message through the first message.
或者,即使第一UE未请求紧急业务,AMF也可以根据其他因素确定对第一UE进行定位。例如AMF在某些场景下需要获得第一UE的位置,则可以确定对第一UE进行定位;或者AMF需要对第一UE进行周期性定位等。Alternatively, even if the first UE does not request an emergency service, the AMF may determine to locate the first UE based on other factors. For example, if the AMF needs to obtain the location of the first UE in certain scenarios, it may determine to locate the first UE; or the AMF needs to periodically locate the first UE, etc.
可选的,在S201之前,第一UE可以先获得第二UE的信息。例如第一UE获得第二UE的信息的一种方式可参考S203,第二UE向第一UE发送第二消息,第二消息包括第二UE的信息,第一UE可以从第二UE接收第二消息,这样第一UE就获得了第二UE的信息。可选的,第二UE可以主动向第一UE发送第二UE的信息;或者,在S203之前,第一UE可以通过S204向第二UE发送第三消息,第三消息可请求获得第二UE的信息或请求获得第二UE的标识,第二UE可以在接收第三消息后向第一UE发送第二消息。其中,第二UE的信息可包括第二UE的标识。Optionally, before S201, the first UE may first obtain the information of the second UE. For example, one way for the first UE to obtain the information of the second UE can refer to S203, where the second UE sends a second message to the first UE, the second message includes the information of the second UE, and the first UE can receive the second message from the second UE, so that the first UE obtains the information of the second UE. Optionally, the second UE can actively send the information of the second UE to the first UE; or, before S203, the first UE can send a third message to the second UE through S204, the third message can request to obtain the information of the second UE or request to obtain the identification of the second UE, and the second UE can send the second message to the first UE after receiving the third message. Among them, the information of the second UE may include the identification of the second UE.
第二消息可以是PC5-RRC消息,或者PC5-信令(signaling,S)消息,或者PC5-发现(discovery,D)消息等。例如,第二消息可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的发现过程中的消息,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的消息,或者也可以是第一UE与第二UE的连接建立成功后的消息。第三消息可以是PC5-RRC消息,或者PC5-S消息,或者PC5-D消息等。例如,第三消息可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的发现过程中的消息,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的消息,或者也可以是第一UE与第二UE的连接建立成功后的消息。The second message may be a PC5-RRC message, or a PC5-signaling (S) message, or a PC5-discovery (D) message, etc. For example, the second message may be a message in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established. The third message may be a PC5-RRC message, or a PC5-S message, or a PC5-D message, etc. For example, the third message may be a message in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established.
其中,第一UE与第二UE之间的发现过程中的消息,例如包括U2N relay发现宣称(discovery announcement)消息,中继发现附加信息(relay discovery additional information)消息,U2N relay发现请求(discovery solicitation)消息,或U2N relay发现响应(discovery response)消息等。第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的消息,例如包括直连通信请求(direct communication request,DCR)消息,安全建立(security establishment)消息,或直连通信接受(direct communication access,DCA)消息等。例如,第三消息为U2N relay discovery solicitation消息,第二消息为U2N relay discovery response消息;又例如,第三消息为DCR消息,第二消息为DCA消息;再例如,第二消息为discovery announcement消息,第一UE并未发送第三消息,等等。第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立成功后的消息,例如包括侧行链路通知(notification message sidelink)消息,侧行链路远端UE信息(remote UE information sidelink)消息,侧行链路RRC重配(RRC reconfiguration sidelink)消息,侧行链路RRC重配完成(RRC reconfiguration complete sidelink)消息,侧行链路RRC重配失败(RRC reconfiguration failure sidelink)消息,侧行链路UE辅助信息(UE assistance information sidelink)消息,侧行链路UE能力请求(UE capability enquiry sidelink)消息,侧行链路UE能力信息(UE capability information sidelink)消息。例如,第三消息为RRC reconfiguration sidelink消息,第二消息为RRC reconfiguration complete sidelink消息或者RRC reconfiguration failure sidelink消息;又例如,第二消息为notification message sidelink消息或者UE assistance information sidelink消息,第一UE并未发送第三消息,等等。Among them, the messages in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE include, for example, a U2N relay discovery announcement message, a relay discovery additional information message, a U2N relay discovery solicitation message, or a U2N relay discovery response message, etc. The messages in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE include, for example, a direct communication request (DCR) message, a security establishment message, or a direct communication access (DCA) message, etc. For example, the third message is a U2N relay discovery solicitation message, and the second message is a U2N relay discovery response message; for another example, the third message is a DCR message, and the second message is a DCA message; for another example, the second message is a discovery announcement message, and the first UE does not send the third message, etc. Messages after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established, for example, including sidelink notification (notification message sidelink) message, sidelink remote UE information (remote UE information sidelink) message, sidelink RRC reconfiguration (RRC reconfiguration sidelink) message, sidelink RRC reconfiguration completion (RRC reconfiguration complete sidelink) message, sidelink RRC reconfiguration failure (RRC reconfiguration failure sidelink) message, sidelink UE assistance information (UE assistance information sidelink) message, sidelink UE capability request (UE capability enquiry sidelink) message, sidelink UE capability information (UE capability information sidelink) message. For example, the third message is an RRC reconfiguration sidelink message, and the second message is an RRC reconfiguration complete sidelink message or an RRC reconfiguration failure sidelink message; for another example, the second message is a notification message sidelink message or a UE assistance information sidelink message, and the first UE does not send the third message, and so on.
例如,第一UE检测到紧急会话建立请求,或者说,第一UE检测到有发起紧急业务的需求,则第一UE可以执行S204和S203,或者执行S203而不执行S204。在此之前,如果第一UE与第二UE尚未彼此发现,则第一UE可以发现能够为第一UE提供中继服务的UE,例如第二消息和第三消息可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的发现中的消息;或者,在此之前,如果第一UE与第二UE已经完成了发现过程,但并未建立PC5连接,则第一UE可以请求与第二UE建立PC5连接,第二消息和第三消息可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的消息;或者,在此之前,如果第一UE与第二UE已经建立了PC5连接,则第二消息和第三消息可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立成功后的消息, 例如PC5-RRC消息或PC5-S消息等。For example, the first UE detects an emergency session establishment request, or in other words, the first UE detects a need to initiate an emergency service, then the first UE may execute S204 and S203, or execute S203 without executing S204. Prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have not yet discovered each other, the first UE may discover a UE that can provide relay services for the first UE, for example, the second message and the third message may be messages in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE; or, prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have completed the discovery process but have not established a PC5 connection, the first UE may request to establish a PC5 connection with the second UE, and the second message and the third message may be messages in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE; or, prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have established a PC5 connection, the second message and the third message may be messages after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established, For example, PC5-RRC message or PC5-S message, etc.
或者,第一UE如果执行发现过程,则可以执行S204和S203,或者执行S203而不执行S204。或者,第一UE如果要与第二UE执行连接建立过程,则可以执行S204和S203,或者执行S203而不执行S204。Alternatively, if the first UE performs a discovery process, it may perform S204 and S203, or perform S203 without performing S204. Alternatively, if the first UE wants to perform a connection establishment process with the second UE, it may perform S204 and S203, or perform S203 without performing S204.
根据如上两段的介绍可知,第一UE可以在要发起紧急业务时获得第二UE的信息,或者,第一UE获得对端UE的信息的行为与第一UE是否发起紧急业务无关。例如协议预定义,如果第一UE执行发现过程,则第一UE获得发现的UE的标识,则第一UE获得对端UE的标识的行为与第一UE是否发起紧急业务无关。According to the introduction in the above two paragraphs, the first UE can obtain the information of the second UE when initiating an emergency service, or the behavior of the first UE obtaining the information of the opposite UE has nothing to do with whether the first UE initiates an emergency service. For example, the protocol predefines that if the first UE performs a discovery process, the first UE obtains the identifier of the discovered UE, and the behavior of the first UE obtaining the identifier of the opposite UE has nothing to do with whether the first UE initiates an emergency service.
可选的,在AMF发起定位过程的方式下,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息(该步骤在图2中未画出),第一指示信息可指示第一UE发送第二UE的信息,或者指示第一UE发送第一UE的中继服务信息。第一UE的中继服务信息例如包括第一UE的relay UE(本申请实施例中为第二UE)的信息,和/或包括第一UE是通过relay UE接入网络的指示信息等。第一UE接收第一指示信息后,可以执行S201。因此AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S201之前。另外,可选的,AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S202之后,即,AMF确定要执行定位,则可以请求第一UE发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息。如果第一UE有对应的中继UE(例如第二UE),则可以向AMF发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息,从而可以实现对于第一UE的准确定位。Optionally, in the manner in which the AMF initiates the positioning process, the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 2 ), and the first indication message may instruct the first UE to send information about the second UE, or instruct the first UE to send relay service information of the first UE. The relay service information of the first UE, for example, includes information about the relay UE of the first UE (the second UE in the embodiment of the present application), and/or includes indication information that the first UE accesses the network through the relay UE, etc. After the first UE receives the first indication message, S201 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S201. In addition, optionally, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S202, that is, if the AMF determines that positioning is to be performed, the first UE may be requested to send information about the second UE or relay service information. If the first UE has a corresponding relay UE (for example, the second UE), the information of the second UE or the relay service information may be sent to the AMF, so that accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved.
例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,且AMF预先从第一UE接收了该第一使能信息的值,该第一使能信息的值为第二值或者不为第一值,表明第一UE不会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,则AMF可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。又例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,但AMF未从第一UE接收该第一使能信息的值,因此AMF并不知晓第一UE是否会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,那么,如果AMF确定要执行定位,且又未从第一UE获得第二UE的信息,就可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。再例如,AMF是否向第一UE发送第一指示信息与第一UE的第一使能信息无关。For example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance. The value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF. Then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE. Therefore, the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF. Then, if the AMF determines to perform positioning and has not obtained the information of the second UE from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
2、第一UE发起定位过程。2. The first UE initiates a positioning process.
在第一UE发起定位过程的方式下,该方法还可以包括S203和S204,关于这两个步骤的相关内容可参考前文的介绍。可选的,在第一UE发起定位过程的方式下,该方法可以不包括S202。When the first UE initiates the positioning process, the method may further include S203 and S204. For the relevant contents of these two steps, reference may be made to the above description. Optionally, when the first UE initiates the positioning process, the method may not include S202.
例如,第一UE检测到定位需求,则第一UE可以执行S204和S203,或者执行S203而不执行S204。第一UE可以是在检测到有发起紧急业务的需求时确定有定位需求,或者第一UE也可以是根据其他因素确定有定位需求。在此之前,如果第一UE与第二UE尚未彼此发现,则第一UE可以发现能够为第一UE提供中继服务的UE,例如第二消息和第三消息可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的发现中的消息;或者,在此之前,如果第一UE与第二UE已经完成了发现过程,但并未建立PC5连接,则第一UE可以请求与第二UE建立PC5连接,第二消息和第三消息可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的消息;或者,在此之前,如果第一UE与第二UE已经建立了PC5连接,则第二消息和第三消息可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立成功后的消息,例如PC5-RRC消息或PC5-S消息等。For example, if the first UE detects a positioning requirement, the first UE may execute S204 and S203, or execute S203 without executing S204. The first UE may determine that there is a positioning requirement when detecting a need to initiate an emergency service, or the first UE may determine that there is a positioning requirement based on other factors. Prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have not yet discovered each other, the first UE may discover a UE that can provide a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second message and the third message may be messages in the discovery between the first UE and the second UE; or, prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have completed the discovery process but have not established a PC5 connection, the first UE may request to establish a PC5 connection with the second UE, and the second message and the third message may be messages in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE; or, prior to this, if the first UE and the second UE have established a PC5 connection, the second message and the third message may be messages after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established, such as a PC5-RRC message or a PC5-S message.
或者,第一UE如果执行发现过程,则可以执行S204和S203,或者执行S203而不执行S204。或者,第一UE如果要与第二UE执行连接建立过程,则可以执行S204和S203,或者执行S203而不执行S204。Alternatively, if the first UE performs a discovery process, it may perform S204 and S203, or perform S203 without performing S204. Alternatively, if the first UE wants to perform a connection establishment process with the second UE, it may perform S204 and S203, or perform S203 without performing S204.
第一UE由于检测到定位需求,因此第一UE可以向AMF发送定位服务请求(location service request)消息,AMF根据该定位服务请求消息可以向LMF请求定位。可选的,第一消息例如为该定位服务请求消息,可将作为第一消息的定位服务请求消息称为第二定位服务请求消息,例如第二定位服务请求消息可以为MO-LR请求(MO-LR Request)消息。或者,第一消息也可以是第一UE向AMF发送的其他消息。例如,第一消息为NAS消息,AMF可以根据第一消息确定UE要请求业务,但该业务不是紧急业务。例如第一消息为registration request消息,但该registration request消息携带的注册类型信息不是紧急注册,或者第一消息为service request消息,但该service request消息携带的业务类型信息不是紧急业务。第一消息还可以是UL NAS transport消息,等等。Since the first UE detects the positioning requirement, the first UE can send a location service request message to the AMF, and the AMF can request positioning from the LMF based on the location service request message. Optionally, the first message is, for example, the location service request message, and the location service request message as the first message can be called a second location service request message, for example, the second location service request message can be a MO-LR request (MO-LR Request) message. Alternatively, the first message can also be other messages sent by the first UE to the AMF. For example, the first message is a NAS message, and the AMF can determine that the UE wants to request a service based on the first message, but the service is not an emergency service. For example, the first message is a registration request message, but the registration type information carried by the registration request message is not an emergency registration, or the first message is a service request message, but the service type information carried by the service request message is not an emergency service. The first message can also be a UL NAS transport message, and so on.
可选的,在第一UE发起定位过程的方式下,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息(该步骤在图2中未画出)。第一UE接收来自AMF的第一指示信息后,可以执行S201。因此AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S201之前。另外,可选的,AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在AMF接收了来自第一UE的定位服务请求消息之后,即,AMF确定第一UE要执行定位,则可以请求第一 UE发送第二UE的信息,或者请求第一UE发送第一UE的中继服务信息。如果第一UE有对应的中继UE(例如第二UE),则可以向AMF发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息,从而可以实现对于第一UE的准确定位。其中,如果AMF向第一UE发送第一指示信息,则第一消息可以不是第一UE发送的定位服务请求消息,且第一消息可以位于该定位服务请求消息之后。Optionally, when the first UE initiates the positioning process, the AMF may also send first indication information to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 2 ). After the first UE receives the first indication information from the AMF, S201 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication information may occur before S201. In addition, optionally, the step of the AMF sending the first indication information may occur after the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE, that is, the AMF determines that the first UE wants to perform positioning, and then requests the first UE to perform positioning. The UE sends information about the second UE, or requests the first UE to send relay service information of the first UE. If the first UE has a corresponding relay UE (such as the second UE), the information of the second UE or the relay service information can be sent to the AMF, so that accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved. Among them, if the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE, the first message may not be the positioning service request message sent by the first UE, and the first message may be located after the positioning service request message.
例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,且AMF预先从第一UE接收了该第一使能信息的值,该第一使能信息的值为第二值或者不为第一值,表明第一UE不会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,则AMF可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。又例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,但AMF未从第一UE接收该第一使能信息的值,因此AMF并不知晓第一UE是否会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,那么,如果AMF接收了来自第一UE的定位服务请求消息,且又未从第一UE获得第二UE的信息,就可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。再例如,AMF是否向第一UE发送第一指示信息与第一UE的第一使能信息无关。For example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance. The value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF. Then, if the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE and does not obtain the information of the second UE from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
可选的,AMF接收第一消息后,在向LMF发送第一定位服务请求消息(S206)之前,还可以确定对第二UE进行定位。可理解为,在第一UE发起定位的场景下,第一UE向AMF请求定位服务,而AMF接收第一消息后,AMF基于第一消息确定第一UE通过中继连接网络设备,则AMF可以决策要对第二UE进行定位,以实现对第一UE的定位。Optionally, after receiving the first message, before sending the first positioning service request message (S206) to the LMF, the AMF may also determine to locate the second UE. It can be understood that in the scenario where the first UE initiates positioning, the first UE requests positioning service from the AMF, and after the AMF receives the first message, the AMF determines based on the first message that the first UE is connected to the network device through a relay, then the AMF may decide to locate the second UE to achieve the positioning of the first UE.
3、LCS发起定位过程。3. LCS initiates the positioning process.
在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法还可以包括S205,LCS向AMF发送定位服务请求消息,相应的,AMF可接收该定位服务请求消息。例如将该定位服务请求消息称为第三定位服务请求消息,第三定位服务请求消息可以请求对第一UE进行定位。例如LCS检测到对第一UE的定位需求,则LCS可以执行S205。In the manner in which the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may further include S205, where the LCS sends a positioning service request message to the AMF, and accordingly, the AMF may receive the positioning service request message. For example, the positioning service request message is referred to as a third positioning service request message, and the third positioning service request message may request positioning of the first UE. For example, if the LCS detects a positioning requirement for the first UE, the LCS may execute S205.
可选的,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息(该步骤在图2中未画出),第一UE接收第一指示信息后,可以执行S201。在这种方式下,第一消息的实现方式可参考本申请实施例前文的介绍,不多赘述。因此AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S201之前。另外,AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S205之后,即,AMF确定要对第一UE进行定位,则可以请求第一UE发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息。如果第一UE有对应的中继UE(例如第二UE),则可以向AMF发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息,从而可以实现对于第一UE的准确定位。可选的,该方法还可以包括S203和S204,关于这两个步骤的相关内容可参考前文的介绍。例如,第一UE在执行S201之前,可以先执行S203和S204。Optionally, in the manner in which the LCS initiates the positioning process, the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 2 ), and after the first UE receives the first indication message, S201 may be executed. In this manner, the implementation method of the first message may refer to the foregoing description of the embodiment of the present application, and will not be described in detail. Therefore, the step in which the AMF sends the first indication message may occur before S201. In addition, the step in which the AMF sends the first indication message may occur after S205, that is, if the AMF determines that the first UE is to be positioned, the first UE may be requested to send information about the second UE or relay service information. If the first UE has a corresponding relay UE (such as a second UE), the information about the second UE or relay service information may be sent to the AMF, thereby achieving accurate positioning of the first UE. Optionally, the method may also include S203 and S204, and the relevant contents of these two steps may refer to the foregoing description. For example, before executing S201, the first UE may first execute S203 and S204.
例如,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法还可包括S203和S204,以及AMF可以发送第一指示信息。第一UE接收第一指示信息后可执行S203和S204,再执行S201。例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,且AMF预先从第一UE接收了该第一使能信息的值,该第一使能信息的值为第二值或者不为第一值,表明第一UE不会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,则AMF可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息,第一UE接收第一指示信息后可执行S203和S204,再执行S201。又例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,但AMF未从第一UE接收该第一使能信息的值,因此AMF并不知晓第一UE是否会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,那么,如果AMF接收了第三定位服务请求消息,且又未从第一UE获得第二UE的信息,就可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息,第一UE接收第一指示信息后可执行S203和S204,再执行S201。再例如,AMF是否向第一UE发送第一指示信息与第一UE的第一使能信息无关。For example, in the manner in which the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may also include S203 and S204, and the AMF may send a first indication message. After receiving the first indication message, the first UE may execute S203 and S204, and then execute S201. For example, the first UE may set the first enabling information, and the AMF may receive the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance, and the value of the first enabling information is the second value or is not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, then the AMF may send the first indication message to the first UE, and after receiving the first indication message, the first UE may execute S203 and S204, and then execute S201. For another example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF does not receive the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the second UE information to the AMF. Then, if the AMF receives the third positioning service request message and does not obtain the second UE information from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. After receiving the first indication information, the first UE can execute S203 and S204, and then execute S201. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
或者,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法可以包括S203和S204,而AMF可以不向第一UE发送第一指示信息。例如根据前文所述,协议可以预定义,如果第一UE执行发现过程,则第一UE获得发现的UE的标识;或者,如果第一UE执行连接建立过程,则第一UE获得对端UE的标识。那么,第一UE如果获得了对端UE(例如第二UE)的标识,则第一UE可以向AMF发送第二UE的信息(例如包括第二UE的标识),而AMF不必向第一UE发送第一指示信息。或者,第一UE设置了第一使能信息,且第一使能信息的值为第一值,则第一UE可以主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,而AMF不必向第一UE发送第一指示信息。如果采用这种方式,则S201可以发生在S205之后,或者发生在S205之前,或者与S205同时发生。Alternatively, in the manner in which the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may include S203 and S204, and the AMF may not send the first indication information to the first UE. For example, according to the foregoing, the protocol may predefine that if the first UE performs a discovery process, the first UE obtains the identifier of the discovered UE; or, if the first UE performs a connection establishment process, the first UE obtains the identifier of the opposite UE. Then, if the first UE obtains the identifier of the opposite UE (for example, the second UE), the first UE may send the information of the second UE (for example, including the identifier of the second UE) to the AMF, and the AMF does not have to send the first indication information to the first UE. Alternatively, if the first UE sets the first enabling information, and the value of the first enabling information is the first value, the first UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, and the AMF does not have to send the first indication information to the first UE. If this method is adopted, S201 may occur after S205, or before S205, or simultaneously with S205.
可选的,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法可以不包括S202。Optionally, when the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may not include S202.
可选的,AMF接收第三定位服务请求消息后,在向LMF发送第一定位服务请求消息(S206)之前, 还可以确定对第二UE进行定位。可理解为,在LCS发起定位的场景下,LCS向AMF请求对第一UE进行定位,而AMF接收第一消息后,AMF基于第一消息确定第一UE通过中继连接网络设备,则AMF可以决策要对第二UE进行定位,以实现对第一UE的定位。Optionally, after receiving the third location service request message, before sending the first location service request message (S206) to the LMF, It can also determine to locate the second UE. It can be understood that in the scenario where LCS initiates positioning, LCS requests AMF to locate the first UE, and after AMF receives the first message, AMF determines based on the first message that the first UE is connected to the network device through the relay, then AMF can decide to locate the second UE to achieve the positioning of the first UE.
除了如上三种场景外,还可能由其他网元发起定位过程,本申请实施例不做限制。In addition to the above three scenarios, the positioning process may also be initiated by other network elements, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
另外,在一些可选的实施方式中,第一UE还可以直接向LMF发送第一消息,此时第一UE不必通过S201向AMF发送第一消息。例如,第一UE可以通过LTE定位协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP)的能力传递,辅助数据传递或者定位信息传递过程向LMF发送第一消息,例如第一消息可以为LPP提供能力(LPP provide capabilities)消息,LPP请求辅助数据(LPP request assistance data)消息或者LPP提供定位信息(LPP provide location information)消息。In addition, in some optional implementations, the first UE may also send the first message directly to the LMF, and in this case, the first UE does not need to send the first message to the AMF through S201. For example, the first UE may send the first message to the LMF through the capability transfer of the LTE positioning protocol (LPP), the auxiliary data transfer or the positioning information transfer process. For example, the first message may be an LPP provide capabilities message, an LPP request assistance data message or an LPP provide location information message.
S206、AMF向LMF发送第一定位服务请求消息。相应的,LMF接收来自AMF的第一定位服务请求消息。其中,无论是如上的AMF发起定位过程的方式、第一UE发起定位过程的方式、还是LCS发起定位过程的方式,均可适用S206。第一定位服务请求消息可用于请求对第二UE执行定位,以及对第一UE执行定位(或者发起第一UE与第二UE之间的定位);或者,第一定位服务请求消息可用于请求对第二UE执行Uu定位,以及对第一UE执行SL定位(或者发起第一UE与第二UE之间的SL定位)。第一定位服务请求消息例如为location service request,或者LMF展示的基于业务的接口定位确定定位(Service-based interface exhibited by LMF Location_DetermineLocation,Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation)消息。S206. AMF sends a first positioning service request message to LMF. Correspondingly, LMF receives the first positioning service request message from AMF. S206 is applicable to the above-mentioned method of initiating the positioning process by AMF, the method of initiating the positioning process by the first UE, or the method of initiating the positioning process by LCS. The first positioning service request message can be used to request positioning of the second UE, and positioning of the first UE (or initiating positioning between the first UE and the second UE); or, the first positioning service request message can be used to request Uu positioning of the second UE, and SL positioning of the first UE (or initiating SL positioning between the first UE and the second UE). The first positioning service request message is, for example, location service request, or a service-based interface location determination (Service-based interface exhibited by LMF Location_DetermineLocation, Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation) message displayed by LMF.
第一定位服务请求消息可包括第二UE的信息以及第一UE的信息。例如,第一定位服务请求消息所包括的第二UE的信息,可以是第一消息所包括的第二UE的信息,例如包括如下一项或多项:第二UE的标识,第一UE对于来自第二UE的信号的接收信号质量信息,或,第二UE对第一UE的发送功率信息。The first positioning service request message may include information about the second UE and information about the first UE. For example, the information about the second UE included in the first positioning service request message may be the information about the second UE included in the first message, such as including one or more of the following: an identifier of the second UE, quality information of a received signal of the first UE for a signal from the second UE, or information about the transmission power of the second UE to the first UE.
可选的,第一定位服务请求消息所包括的第二UE的信息,还可以包括如下一项或多项:LCS关联标识,服务小区标识,客户端类型,第二UE是否支持LTE定位协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP),第二UE需要的服务质量(quality of service,QoS)信息,或,第二UE的定位能力信息。可选的,AMF可以根据第二UE的注册信息获得如上信息。其中,LCS关联标识可以指示与第二UE关联的LCS。服务小区标识为第二UE的服务小区的标识。客户端类型可指示第二UE的类型。Optionally, the information of the second UE included in the first positioning service request message may also include one or more of the following: LCS association identifier, service cell identifier, client type, whether the second UE supports the LTE positioning protocol (LTE positioning protocol, LPP), quality of service (quality of service, QoS) information required by the second UE, or positioning capability information of the second UE. Optionally, the AMF may obtain the above information based on the registration information of the second UE. Among them, the LCS association identifier may indicate the LCS associated with the second UE. The service cell identifier is the identifier of the service cell of the second UE. The client type may indicate the type of the second UE.
第一定位服务请求消息所包括的第一UE的信息,可包括第一UE的标识。The information of the first UE included in the first positioning service request message may include an identifier of the first UE.
例如,第一定位服务请求消息本身可用于请求对第二UE进行Uu定位。可选的,第一定位服务请求消息还可以包括SL定位指示,以用于请求对第一UE进行SL定位,或者用于请求发起第一UE与第二UE之间的SL定位。或者,第一定位服务请求消息可请求对第一UE和第二UE进行定位,而不请求具体的定位方式,至于对这两个UE应该采用何种定位方式(例如Uu定位或SL定位),可由LMF决策。For example, the first positioning service request message itself can be used to request Uu positioning of the second UE. Optionally, the first positioning service request message may also include a SL positioning indication for requesting SL positioning of the first UE, or for requesting to initiate SL positioning between the first UE and the second UE. Alternatively, the first positioning service request message may request positioning of the first UE and the second UE without requesting a specific positioning method. As for which positioning method (such as Uu positioning or SL positioning) should be used for the two UEs, it can be decided by the LMF.
S207、LMF与参与对第二UE定位的网络设备(例如接入网设备)交互与第二UE的定位相关的信息。图2中的RAN表示参与对第二UE定位的网络设备。其中,参与对第二UE定位的网络设备可包括一个或多个。LMF与RAN之间可以通过NR定位协议A(NR Positioning Protocol A,NRPPa)交互与第二UE的定位相关的信息。例如,RAN可以通过辅助数据传送(assistance data delivery)过程向LMF提供辅助数据,该辅助数据可以包括该网络设备的PRS相关配置信息等。LMF可以通过定位信息转发或者辅助数据传递(location information transfer/assistance data transfer)过程向RAN请求定位测量,并向gNB提供必要的辅助数据,该辅助数据可以包括UE的SRS配置信息等。LMF还可以通过定位激活或者去激活(positioning activation/deactivation)过程向RAN请求激活或者去激活UE的SRS传输。S207. The LMF exchanges information related to the positioning of the second UE with a network device (e.g., an access network device) involved in positioning the second UE. The RAN in FIG2 represents a network device involved in positioning the second UE. Among them, the network devices involved in positioning the second UE may include one or more. The LMF and the RAN may exchange information related to the positioning of the second UE through the NR Positioning Protocol A (NR Positioning Protocol A, NRPPa). For example, the RAN may provide assistance data to the LMF through an assistance data delivery process, and the assistance data may include PRS-related configuration information of the network device, etc. The LMF may request positioning measurement from the RAN through a location information forwarding or assistance data transfer process, and provide necessary assistance data to the gNB, and the assistance data may include SRS configuration information of the UE, etc. The LMF may also request activation or deactivation of the SRS transmission of the UE from the RAN through a positioning activation or deactivation process.
S208、LMF与第二UE交互与第二UE的定位相关的信息。LMF与第二UE之间可以通过LTE定位协议(LTE positioning protocol,LPP)交互与第二UE的定位相关的信息。例如,LMF可以通过能力传递(capability transfer)过程获取UE的能力信息。LMF可以通过辅助数据传递(assistance data transfer)过程向UE提供辅助数据,同时UE可以向LMF请求辅助数据,该辅助数据可以包括网络设备的PRS相关配置信息等,使UE可以获知如何接收PRS。LMF还可以通过定位信息传递(location information transfer)过程向UE请求定位结果,或者向UE请求定位测量以进行位置计算。S208. LMF exchanges information related to the positioning of the second UE with the second UE. LMF and the second UE may exchange information related to the positioning of the second UE through the LTE positioning protocol (LPP). For example, LMF may obtain the capability information of the UE through a capability transfer process. LMF may provide assistance data to the UE through an assistance data transfer process, and the UE may request assistance data from LMF. The assistance data may include PRS-related configuration information of the network device, etc., so that the UE may know how to receive the PRS. LMF may also request a positioning result from the UE through a location information transfer process, or request a positioning measurement from the UE for position calculation.
通过S207和S208,就完成了对第二UE的Uu定位,LMF可以获得第二UE的位置信息。例如LMF所获得的第二UE的位置信息为第二UE的绝对位置信息。第二UE的绝对位置信息可以通过全球卫星 定位系统(global positioning system,GPS)坐标表示,例如通过经度和纬度表示。可选的,在S208之后,或者在S207和S208之后,或者在S207之后,LMF可将第二UE的位置信息发送给AMF。或者,LMF也可以不向AMF发送第二UE的位置信息。Through S207 and S208, the Uu positioning of the second UE is completed, and the LMF can obtain the location information of the second UE. For example, the location information of the second UE obtained by the LMF is the absolute location information of the second UE. The absolute location information of the second UE can be obtained through global satellite The location information of the second UE may be expressed in terms of global positioning system (GPS) coordinates, for example, by longitude and latitude. Optionally, after S208, or after S207 and S208, or after S207, the LMF may send the location information of the second UE to the AMF. Alternatively, the LMF may not send the location information of the second UE to the AMF.
S209、LMF请求发起第一UE与第二UE的SL定位。或者,LMF请求发起第一UE与第二UE的定位,具体的定位方式(例如SL定位)可由第一UE或第二UE决策。S209, LMF requests to initiate SL positioning of the first UE and the second UE. Alternatively, LMF requests to initiate positioning of the first UE and the second UE, and the specific positioning method (eg, SL positioning) may be determined by the first UE or the second UE.
S210、第一UE与第二UE执行SL定位。关于SL定位,可以有多种方式,将在后文介绍。S210, the first UE and the second UE perform SL positioning. There are many ways to perform SL positioning, which will be introduced later.
S211、第一UE向LMF发送SL定位结果,或者,第二UE向LMF发送SL定位结果。S211. The first UE sends the SL positioning result to the LMF, or the second UE sends the SL positioning result to the LMF.
因S209~S211较为相关,因此下文一并介绍。Since S209~S211 are relatively relevant, they are introduced together below.
例如LMF可以向第一UE请求与第二UE执行SL定位,此时S211可以是第一UE向LMF发送SL定位结果。例如在S209中,LMF向第一UE发送第四消息,第四消息例如为LPP消息,第四消息可请求第一UE与第二UE执行SL定位,或者请求第一UE与第二UE执行定位。第四消息可以由LMF发送给第二UE,再由第二UE转发给第一UE。可选的,第四消息可以包括第二UE的标识。第一UE接收第四消息后,可以执行S210,与第二UE执行SL定位。例如第一UE对来自第二UE的定位参考信号进行测量,和/或第二UE对来自第一UE的定位参考信号进行测量,第一UE可以获得第一测量结果。其中,如果第二UE对来自第一UE的定位参考信号进行测量,则第二UE可将相应的测量结果发送给第一UE,以供第一UE得到第一测量结果。在S211中,SL定位结果为第一测量结果,第一UE可以将第一测量结果发送给LMF,LMF根据第一测量结果可以获得第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,或者获得第一UE的绝对位置信息,例如LMF根据第一测量结果以及第二UE的绝对位置信息获得第一UE的绝对位置信息。其中,第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,可理解为第一UE相对于第二UE所在的位置的信息,例如第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息是第一UE相对于第二UE的距离和角度。或者,第一UE获得第一测量结果后,可以根据第一测量结果获得第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,或者获得第一UE的绝对位置信息,在S211中,SL定位结果为第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息或第一UE的绝对位置信息。根据前文介绍可知,在S211中第一UE所发送的SL定位结果,可以包括第一测量结果,或包括第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,或包括第一UE的绝对位置信息。可选的,如果第一UE已知第二UE的绝对位置信息,则第一UE根据第一测量结果和第二UE的绝对位置信息可以得到第一UE的绝对位置信息;而如果第一UE不知道第二UE的绝对位置信息,则根据第一测量结果可以得到第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息。For example, LMF may request the first UE to perform SL positioning with the second UE, and S211 may be the first UE sending the SL positioning result to LMF. For example, in S209, LMF sends a fourth message to the first UE, and the fourth message is, for example, an LPP message. The fourth message may request the first UE to perform SL positioning with the second UE, or request the first UE to perform positioning with the second UE. The fourth message may be sent by LMF to the second UE, and then forwarded by the second UE to the first UE. Optionally, the fourth message may include an identifier of the second UE. After receiving the fourth message, the first UE may execute S210 to perform SL positioning with the second UE. For example, the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, and/or the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, and the first UE may obtain the first measurement result. Among them, if the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, the second UE may send the corresponding measurement result to the first UE so that the first UE can obtain the first measurement result. In S211, the SL positioning result is the first measurement result. The first UE can send the first measurement result to the LMF. The LMF can obtain the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE according to the first measurement result, or obtain the absolute position information of the first UE. For example, the LMF obtains the absolute position information of the first UE according to the first measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE. Among them, the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE can be understood as the information of the position of the first UE relative to the second UE. For example, the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE is the distance and angle of the first UE relative to the second UE. Alternatively, after the first UE obtains the first measurement result, it can obtain the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE according to the first measurement result, or obtain the absolute position information of the first UE. In S211, the SL positioning result is the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE or the absolute position information of the first UE. According to the previous introduction, the SL positioning result sent by the first UE in S211 may include the first measurement result, or include the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE, or include the absolute position information of the first UE. Optionally, if the first UE knows the absolute position information of the second UE, the first UE can obtain the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE; if the first UE does not know the absolute position information of the second UE, the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE can be obtained based on the first measurement result.
又例如,LMF可以向第二UE请求与第一UE执行SL定位,此时S211可以是第二UE向LMF发送SL定位结果。例如,在S209中,LMF向第二UE发送第四消息,第四消息例如为LPP消息,第四消息可请求第二UE与第一UE执行SL定位,或者请求第二UE与第一UE执行定位。可选的,第四消息可以包括第一UE的标识。第二UE接收第四消息后,可以执行S210,与第一UE执行SL定位。例如第一UE对来自第二UE的定位参考信号进行测量,和/或第二UE对来自第一UE的定位参考信号进行测量,第二UE可以获得第二测量结果。其中,如果第一UE对来自第二UE的定位参考信号进行测量,则第一UE可将相应的测量结果发送给第二UE,以供第二UE得到第二测量结果。可选的,在S211中,第二UE所发送的SL定位结果可以是第二测量结果,LMF根据第二测量结果可以获得第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,或者获得第一UE的绝对位置信息,例如LMF根据第二测量结果以及第二UE的绝对位置信息获得第一UE的绝对位置信息。或者,第二UE获得第二测量结果后,可以根据第二测量结果获得第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,或者获得第一UE的绝对位置信息,则在S211中,第二UE所发送的SL定位结果可以是第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息或第一UE的绝对位置信息。根据前文介绍可知,第二UE得到的SL定位结果可以包括第二测量结果,或包括第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息,或包括第一UE的绝对位置信息。可选的,如果第二UE已知自身的绝对位置信息,则第二UE根据第二测量结果和第二UE的绝对位置信息可以得到第一UE的绝对位置信息;而如果第二UE不知道自身的绝对位置信息,则根据第二测量结果可以得到第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息。For another example, LMF may request the second UE to perform SL positioning with the first UE, and S211 may be the second UE sending the SL positioning result to LMF. For example, in S209, LMF sends a fourth message to the second UE, and the fourth message is, for example, an LPP message, and the fourth message may request the second UE to perform SL positioning with the first UE, or request the second UE to perform positioning with the first UE. Optionally, the fourth message may include an identifier of the first UE. After receiving the fourth message, the second UE may execute S210 to perform SL positioning with the first UE. For example, the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, and/or the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, and the second UE may obtain the second measurement result. Among them, if the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, the first UE may send the corresponding measurement result to the second UE so that the second UE can obtain the second measurement result. Optionally, in S211, the SL positioning result sent by the second UE may be the second measurement result, and the LMF may obtain the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE according to the second measurement result, or obtain the absolute position information of the first UE, for example, the LMF obtains the absolute position information of the first UE according to the second measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE. Alternatively, after the second UE obtains the second measurement result, it may obtain the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE according to the second measurement result, or obtain the absolute position information of the first UE. Then, in S211, the SL positioning result sent by the second UE may be the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE or the absolute position information of the first UE. As can be seen from the foregoing description, the SL positioning result obtained by the second UE may include the second measurement result, or include the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE, or include the absolute position information of the first UE. Optionally, if the second UE knows its own absolute position information, the second UE may obtain the absolute position information of the first UE according to the second measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE; and if the second UE does not know its own absolute position information, the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE may be obtained according to the second measurement result.
S212、LMF获得第一信息。第一信息可指示第一UE的位置,例如第一信息包括第一UE的位置信息。S212: The LMF obtains first information. The first information may indicate the location of the first UE, for example, the first information includes location information of the first UE.
LMF通过S207和S208,获得了第二UE的绝对位置信息,另外通过S209~S211,获得了第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,或者第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息,或者第一UE的绝对位置信息。 其中,如果LMF通过S209~S211获得了第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,或者第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息,那么LMF根据第二UE的绝对位置信息以及第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息(或者第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息),可以确定第一UE的绝对位置信息。The LMF obtains the absolute position information of the second UE through S207 and S208, and also obtains the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE, or the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE, or the absolute position information of the first UE through S209 to S211. Among them, if LMF obtains the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE, or the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE through S209~S211, then LMF can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the absolute position information of the second UE and the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE (or the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE).
S213、LMF向AMF发送第一信息。相应的,AMF接收来自LMF的第一信息。S213, LMF sends the first information to AMF. Correspondingly, AMF receives the first information from LMF.
由于是AMF向LMF发送第一定位请求消息以请求定位,因此LMF可以向AMF发送第一信息以作为第一定位请求消息的响应。第一信息可以包括第一UE的位置信息。Since the AMF sends the first positioning request message to the LMF to request positioning, the LMF may send the first information to the AMF as a response to the first positioning request message. The first information may include the location information of the first UE.
例如,第一信息所包括的第一UE的位置信息为第一UE的绝对位置信息,则AMF不必再执行过多的确定过程。可选的,如果在S208之后LMF未向AMF发送第二UE的绝对位置信息,则第一信息还可以包括第二UE的绝对位置信息。或者,LMF也可以不向AMF发送第二UE的绝对位置信息。For example, if the location information of the first UE included in the first information is the absolute location information of the first UE, the AMF does not need to perform too many determination processes. Optionally, if the LMF does not send the absolute location information of the second UE to the AMF after S208, the first information may also include the absolute location information of the second UE. Alternatively, the LMF may not send the absolute location information of the second UE to the AMF.
又例如,第一信息所包括的第一UE的位置信息为第一UE的相对位置信息,第一UE的相对位置信息例如包括第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,或者第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息。即,LMF并未根据第一UE的相对位置信息确定第一UE的绝对位置信息,而是将第一UE的相对位置信息发送给AMF,减轻了LMF因为确定第一UE的绝对位置信息而带来的负担。可选的,在这种情况下,第一信息还可以包括第二UE的绝对位置信息,则AMF可以根据第一UE的相对位置信息和第二UE的绝对位置信息确定第一UE的绝对位置信息。For another example, the location information of the first UE included in the first information is the relative location information of the first UE, and the relative location information of the first UE includes, for example, the relative location information of the first UE and the second UE, or the relative location information of the second UE and the first UE. That is, the LMF does not determine the absolute location information of the first UE based on the relative location information of the first UE, but sends the relative location information of the first UE to the AMF, thereby reducing the burden on the LMF for determining the absolute location information of the first UE. Optionally, in this case, the first information may also include the absolute location information of the second UE, and the AMF may determine the absolute location information of the first UE based on the relative location information of the first UE and the absolute location information of the second UE.
如果是第一UE发起的定位过程,则可选的,在S213之后,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一UE的绝对位置信息。或者,如果是LCS发起的定位过程,则可选的,在S213之后,AMF还可以向LCS发送第一UE的绝对位置信息。If the positioning process is initiated by the first UE, then optionally, after S213, the AMF may also send the absolute location information of the first UE to the first UE. Alternatively, if the positioning process is initiated by the LCS, then optionally, after S213, the AMF may also send the absolute location information of the first UE to the LCS.
在S210中涉及到第一UE与第二UE的SL定位过程,如下举例介绍一种SL定位的流程。该SL定位流程也可以适用于本申请后续将要介绍的各个实施例。S210 involves the SL positioning process of the first UE and the second UE, and an SL positioning process is introduced as an example below. The SL positioning process can also be applied to various embodiments to be introduced later in this application.
第一UE和第二UE之间可以通过多(Multi)-往返时延(round-trip time,RTT)定位方法确定第一UE与第二UE之间的距离,同时第一UE和第二UE之间还可以通过基于角度的定位方法,例如AOA或AOD等定方法确定第一UE与第二UE之间的角度。基于第一UE与第二UE之间的距离和第一UE与第二UE之间的角度,可以得到第一UE与第二UE之间的相对位置。The distance between the first UE and the second UE can be determined by a multi-round-trip time (RTT) positioning method, and the angle between the first UE and the second UE can also be determined by an angle-based positioning method, such as AOA or AOD. Based on the distance between the first UE and the second UE and the angle between the first UE and the second UE, the relative position between the first UE and the second UE can be obtained.
若LMF在S209中向第一UE发送第四消息,第一UE可以确定需要发起第一UE与第二UE之间的SL定位,第一UE还可以确定定位方法,例如确定通过Multi-RTT和基于角度的定位方法获取第一UE与第二UE的相对位置。为了接收SL定位参考信号,第一UE可以向第二UE发送第一UE的SL定位参考信号配置信息,使得第二UE可以据此接收来自第一UE的SL定位参考信号。另外第一UE还可以从第二UE接收第二UE的SL定位参考信号配置信息,使得第一UE可以据此接收来自第二UE的SL定位参考信号。第二UE测量来自第一UE的SL定位参考信号,可得到测量结果1,第二UE可以向第一UE发送测量结果1;第一UE测量来自第二UE的SL定位参考信号,可得到测量结果2,第一UE可以基于测量结果1和/或测量结果2得到第一测量结果。第一UE可以向LMF发送第一测量结果,或者向LMF发送基于第一测量结果得到的位置信息。If the LMF sends the fourth message to the first UE in S209, the first UE may determine that it is necessary to initiate SL positioning between the first UE and the second UE, and the first UE may also determine the positioning method, for example, determine to obtain the relative position of the first UE and the second UE through Multi-RTT and angle-based positioning methods. In order to receive the SL positioning reference signal, the first UE may send the SL positioning reference signal configuration information of the first UE to the second UE, so that the second UE can receive the SL positioning reference signal from the first UE accordingly. In addition, the first UE may also receive the SL positioning reference signal configuration information of the second UE from the second UE, so that the first UE can receive the SL positioning reference signal from the second UE accordingly. The second UE measures the SL positioning reference signal from the first UE and obtains measurement result 1, and the second UE may send measurement result 1 to the first UE; the first UE measures the SL positioning reference signal from the second UE and obtains measurement result 2, and the first UE may obtain the first measurement result based on measurement result 1 and/or measurement result 2. The first UE may send the first measurement result to the LMF, or send the location information obtained based on the first measurement result to the LMF.
若LMF在S209中向第二UE发送第四消息,第二UE可以确定需要发起第一UE与第二UE之间的SL定位,第二UE还可以确定定位方法,例如确定通过Multi-RTT和基于角度的定位方法获取第一UE与第二UE的相对位置。为了接收SL定位参考信号,第二UE可以向第一UE发送第二UE的SL定位参考信号配置信息,使得第一UE可以据此接收来自第二UE的SL定位参考信号。另外第一UE还可以向第二UE发送第一UE的SL定位参考信号配置信息,使得第二UE可以据此接收来自第一UE的SL定位参考信号。第一UE测量来自第二UE的SL定位参考信号,可得到测量结果1,第一UE可以向第二UE发送测量结果1,第二UE测量来自第一UE的SL定位参考信号,可得到测量结果2,第二UE可以基于测量结果1和/或测量结果2得到第二测量结果。第二UE可以向LMF发送第二测量结果,或者向LMF发送基于第二测量结果得到的位置信息。If LMF sends the fourth message to the second UE in S209, the second UE may determine that it is necessary to initiate SL positioning between the first UE and the second UE, and the second UE may also determine the positioning method, for example, determine to obtain the relative position of the first UE and the second UE through Multi-RTT and angle-based positioning methods. In order to receive the SL positioning reference signal, the second UE may send the SL positioning reference signal configuration information of the second UE to the first UE, so that the first UE can receive the SL positioning reference signal from the second UE accordingly. In addition, the first UE may also send the SL positioning reference signal configuration information of the first UE to the second UE, so that the second UE can receive the SL positioning reference signal from the first UE accordingly. The first UE measures the SL positioning reference signal from the second UE and obtains measurement result 1. The first UE may send measurement result 1 to the second UE. The second UE measures the SL positioning reference signal from the first UE and obtains measurement result 2. The second UE may obtain a second measurement result based on measurement result 1 and/or measurement result 2. The second UE may send the second measurement result to the LMF, or send the location information obtained based on the second measurement result to the LMF.
本申请实施例中,第二UE为第一UE提供中继服务,例如第二UE为relay UE,第一UE为remote UE。第一UE可以向第一网络设备发送第二UE的信息,使得第一网络设备能够获知第二UE的存在,由此第一网络设备能够发起对relay UE的Uu定位。另外第一网络设备还能请求对第一UE进行SL定位,使得第一UE和第二UE之间能够执行SL定位。也就是说,本申请实施例使得核心网能够感知中继场景下的relay UE的存在,使得中继场景下的定位过程得以实现。In an embodiment of the present application, the second UE provides a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second UE is a relay UE and the first UE is a remote UE. The first UE can send information about the second UE to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second UE, thereby the first network device can initiate Uu positioning of the relay UE. In addition, the first network device can also request SL positioning of the first UE, so that SL positioning can be performed between the first UE and the second UE. In other words, the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized.
在图2所示的实施例中,是由AMF向LMF请求对第一UE执行SL定位。接下来本申请实施例提 供第二种通信方法,在该方法中,LMF也可以不请求第一UE与第二UE之间的SL定位过程。请参考图3,为该方法的流程图。In the embodiment shown in FIG2 , the AMF requests the LMF to perform SL positioning on the first UE. A second communication method is provided, in which the LMF may not request the SL positioning process between the first UE and the second UE. Please refer to FIG3 , which is a flow chart of the method.
S301、第一UE向AMF发送第一消息。相应的,AMF接收来自第一UE的第一消息。第二UE可以为第一UE提供中继服务。第一消息可以通过接入网设备发送给AMF。第一消息例如为NAS消息,或者也可以是AS消息,例如一种AS消息为RRC消息。例如,如果第一消息为NAS消息,则第一消息可以为注册请求消息,业务请求消息,上行NAS传输消息,或者定位服务请求消息等。如果第一消息为NAS消息,第一消息可通过接入网设备透传给AMF,例如接入网设备接收第一消息后,接入网设备不会读取第一消息,而是将第一消息转发给AMF。S301. The first UE sends a first message to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the first message from the first UE. The second UE can provide a relay service for the first UE. The first message can be sent to the AMF through the access network device. The first message is, for example, a NAS message, or it can also be an AS message, for example, an AS message is an RRC message. For example, if the first message is a NAS message, the first message can be a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a positioning service request message, etc. If the first message is a NAS message, the first message can be transparently transmitted to the AMF through the access network device. For example, after the access network device receives the first message, the access network device will not read the first message, but forward the first message to the AMF.
本申请实施例中,关于第一消息的实现方式等内容均可参考图2所示的实施例。In the embodiments of the present application, the implementation method of the first message and other contents may refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
例如,第一消息包括第二UE的信息,而第二UE是为第一UE提供中继服务,相当于通过第一消息使得AMF获知了第一UE的relay UE的信息。第二UE的信息例如包括第二UE的标识,例如第二UE的ID。关于第二UE的标识可参考图2所示的实施例的S201。For example, the first message includes information about the second UE, and the second UE provides relay service for the first UE, which is equivalent to enabling the AMF to learn information about the relay UE of the first UE through the first message. The information about the second UE includes, for example, an identifier of the second UE, such as an ID of the second UE. For information about the identifier of the second UE, reference may be made to S201 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
作为一种可选的实施方式,第二UE的信息除了包括第二UE的标识外,还可以包括接收信号质量信息,和/或包括第二UE的SL发送功率信息(或者,第二UE对第一UE的发送功率信息)。该接收质量信息可指示第一UE对于来自第二UE的信号的接收信号质量。对此的更多介绍可参考图2所示的实施例的S201。As an optional implementation, the information of the second UE may include, in addition to the identifier of the second UE, received signal quality information and/or SL transmission power information of the second UE (or, transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE). The received quality information may indicate the received signal quality of the first UE for the signal from the second UE. For more information on this, please refer to S201 of the embodiment shown in FIG2 .
可选的,第一UE可以主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,或者,第一UE也可能不会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息。例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,对此的更多介绍可参考图2所示的实施例的S201。Optionally, the first UE may actively send information of the second UE to the AMF, or the first UE may not actively send information of the second UE to the AMF. For example, the first UE may set the first enabling information, and for more information on this, refer to S201 of the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
本申请实施例中,该定位过程可以由AMF发起,或者由第一UE发起,或者由LCS发起。由不同的网元发起时,执行流程可能有相应的不同,下面举例介绍。In the embodiment of the present application, the positioning process may be initiated by the AMF, or by the first UE, or by the LCS. When initiated by different network elements, the execution process may be correspondingly different, which is described below by example.
1、AMF发起定位过程。1. AMF initiates the positioning process.
在AMF发起定位过程的方式下,该方法还可以包括S302,AMF确定对第二UE进行定位,或者,AMF确定对第二UE进行Uu定位。可理解为,AMF可以决策定位,以及可以决策定位方式(例如对第二UE执行Uu定位);或者,AMF可以决策定位,但不决策定位方式,具体定位方式可由LMF决策(例如,AMF决策对第二UE进行定位;LMF决策对第二UE执行Uu定位)。In the manner in which the AMF initiates the positioning process, the method may further include S302, where the AMF determines to locate the second UE, or the AMF determines to perform Uu positioning on the second UE. It can be understood that the AMF can decide on the positioning, and can decide on the positioning method (for example, performing Uu positioning on the second UE); or, the AMF can decide on the positioning, but not on the positioning method, and the specific positioning method can be decided by the LMF (for example, the AMF decides to locate the second UE; the LMF decides to perform Uu positioning on the second UE).
可选的,S302可以理解为包括两个过程,其中一个过程为,AMF确定针对第一UE的定位需求;其中另一个过程为AMF确定对第二UE进行定位,例如AMF接收第一消息后,AMF可以基于第一消息确定需要对第二UE进行定位,例如AMF基于第一消息确定第一UE通过中继连接网络设备,则为了定位第一UE,AMF确定需要定位第二UE。或者,S202也可以理解为包括一个过程,该过程为如上所述的,AMF确定对第二UE进行定位,那么可选的,在S202中还可以包括,AMF基于第一消息确定第一UE通过中继连接网络设备,则为了定位第一UE,AMF确定发起定位过程,例如该定位过程针对第二UE。Optionally, S302 can be understood as including two processes, one of which is that the AMF determines the positioning requirement for the first UE; and the other process is that the AMF determines to locate the second UE. For example, after the AMF receives the first message, the AMF can determine that the second UE needs to be located based on the first message. For example, the AMF determines that the first UE is connected to the network device via a relay based on the first message. In order to locate the first UE, the AMF determines that the second UE needs to be located. Alternatively, S202 can also be understood as including a process, and the process is as described above, the AMF determines to locate the second UE. Then, optionally, S202 can also include that the AMF determines that the first UE is connected to the network device via a relay based on the first message. In order to locate the first UE, the AMF determines to initiate a positioning process, for example, the positioning process is for the second UE.
AMF可以通过多种因素确定执行定位,对此的更多内容可参考图2所示的实施例。The AMF may determine the execution positioning according to various factors, and for more details, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
可选的,在S301之前,第一UE可以先获得第二UE的信息。例如第一UE获得第二UE的信息的一种方式可参考S303,第二UE向第一UE发送第二消息,第二消息包括第二UE的信息,则第一UE可以从第二UE接收第二消息,这样第一UE就获得了第二UE的信息。可选的,第二UE可以主动向第一UE发送第二UE的信息;或者,在S303之前,第一UE可以向第二UE发送第三消息,第三消息可请求获得第二UE的信息。第二UE可以在接收第三消息后向第一UE发送第二消息。关于第二消息和第三消息的介绍,以及相关的更多内容,均可参考图2所示的实施例。其中,第二UE的信息可包括第二UE的标识。Optionally, before S301, the first UE may first obtain the information of the second UE. For example, one way for the first UE to obtain the information of the second UE may refer to S303, where the second UE sends a second message to the first UE, and the second message includes the information of the second UE. Then the first UE may receive the second message from the second UE, and the first UE obtains the information of the second UE. Optionally, the second UE may actively send the information of the second UE to the first UE; or, before S303, the first UE may send a third message to the second UE, and the third message may request to obtain the information of the second UE. The second UE may send the second message to the first UE after receiving the third message. For the introduction of the second message and the third message, as well as more related content, please refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 2. Among them, the information of the second UE may include the identifier of the second UE.
可选的,在AMF发起定位过程的方式下,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息,第一指示信息可指示第一UE发送第二UE的信息,或者指示第一UE发送第一UE的中继服务信息。第一UE的中继服务信息例如包括第一UE的relay UE(本申请实施例中为第二UE)的信息,和/或包括第一UE是通过relay UE接入网络的指示信息等。第一UE接收第一指示信息后,可以执行S301。因此AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S301之前。另外,可选的,AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S302之后,即,AMF确定要执行定位,则可以请求第一UE发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息。如果第一UE有对应的中继UE(例如第二UE),则可以向AMF发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息, 从而可以实现对于第一UE的准确定位。Optionally, when the AMF initiates the positioning process, the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE. The first indication message may instruct the first UE to send information about the second UE, or instruct the first UE to send relay service information of the first UE. The relay service information of the first UE, for example, includes information about the relay UE of the first UE (the second UE in the embodiment of the present application), and/or includes indication information that the first UE accesses the network through the relay UE, etc. After the first UE receives the first indication message, S301 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S301. In addition, optionally, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S302, that is, if the AMF determines that positioning is to be performed, it may request the first UE to send information about the second UE or relay service information. If the first UE has a corresponding relay UE (for example, the second UE), the information of the second UE or relay service information may be sent to the AMF. Thereby, accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved.
例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,且AMF预先从第一UE接收了该第一使能信息的值,该第一使能信息的值为第二值或者不为第一值,表明第一UE不会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,则AMF可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。又例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,但AMF未从第一UE接收该第一使能信息的值,因此AMF并不知晓第一UE是否会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,那么,如果AMF确定要执行定位,且又未从第一UE获得第二UE的信息,就可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。再例如,AMF是否向第一UE发送第一指示信息与第一UE的第一使能信息无关。For example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance. The value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF. Then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE. Therefore, the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF. Then, if the AMF determines to perform positioning and has not obtained the information of the second UE from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
2、第一UE发起定位过程。2. The first UE initiates a positioning process.
在第一UE发起定位过程的方式下,该方法还可以包括S303和S304,关于这两个步骤的相关内容可参考前文的介绍。可选的,在第一UE发起定位过程的方式下,该方法可以不包括S302。When the first UE initiates the positioning process, the method may further include S303 and S304. For the relevant contents of these two steps, reference may be made to the above description. Optionally, when the first UE initiates the positioning process, the method may not include S302.
例如,第一UE检测到定位需求,则第一UE可以执行S304和S303,或者执行S303而不执行S304,对此的更多内容(例如第二消息和第三消息等)可参考图2所示的实施例。For example, if the first UE detects a positioning requirement, the first UE may execute S304 and S303, or execute S303 but not S304. For more information (such as the second message and the third message, etc.), please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2.
第一UE由于检测到定位需求,因此第一UE可以向AMF发送定位服务请求消息,AMF根据该定位服务请求消息可以向LMF请求定位。可选的,第一消息例如为该定位服务请求消息,可将作为第一消息的定位服务请求消息称为第二定位服务请求消息;或者,第一消息也可以是第一UE向AMF发送的其他消息。Since the first UE detects the positioning requirement, the first UE can send a positioning service request message to the AMF, and the AMF can request positioning from the LMF according to the positioning service request message. Optionally, the first message is, for example, the positioning service request message, and the positioning service request message as the first message can be called the second positioning service request message; or, the first message can also be other messages sent by the first UE to the AMF.
可选的,在第一UE发起定位过程的方式下,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息(该步骤在图3中未画出)。第一UE接收来自AMF的第一指示信息后,可以执行S301。因此AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S301之前。另外,可选的,AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在AMF接收了来自第一UE的定位服务请求消息之后,即,AMF确定第二UE要执行定位,则可以请求第一UE发送第二UE的信息,或者请求第一UE发送第一UE的中继服务信息。如果第一UE有对应的中继UE(例如第二UE),则可以向AMF发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息,从而可以实现对于第一UE的准确定位。其中,如果AMF向第一UE发送第一指示信息,则第一消息可以不是第一UE发送的定位服务请求消息,且第一消息可以位于该定位服务请求消息之后。Optionally, when the first UE initiates the positioning process, the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 3 ). After the first UE receives the first indication message from the AMF, S301 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S301. In addition, optionally, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE, that is, if the AMF determines that the second UE is to perform positioning, it may request the first UE to send the information of the second UE, or request the first UE to send the relay service information of the first UE. If the first UE has a corresponding relay UE (for example, the second UE), the information of the second UE or the relay service information may be sent to the AMF, so that accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved. Among them, if the AMF sends the first indication message to the first UE, the first message may not be the positioning service request message sent by the first UE, and the first message may be located after the positioning service request message.
例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,且AMF预先从第一UE接收了该第一使能信息的值,该第一使能信息的值为第二值或者不为第一值,表明第一UE不会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,则AMF可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。又例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,但AMF未从第一UE接收该第一使能信息的值,因此AMF并不知晓第一UE是否会主动向AMF发送第二UE的信息,那么,如果AMF接收了来自第一UE的定位服务请求消息,且又未从第一UE获得第二UE的信息,就可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。再例如,AMF是否向第一UE发送第一指示信息与第一UE的第一使能信息无关。For example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance. The value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF, then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send the information of the second UE to the AMF. Then, if the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE and does not obtain the information of the second UE from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
可选的,AMF接收第一消息后,在向LMF发送第一定位服务请求消息(S206)之前,还可以确定对第二UE进行定位。可理解为,在第一UE发起定位的场景下,第一UE向AMF请求定位服务,而AMF接收第一消息后,AMF基于第一消息确定第一UE通过中继连接网络设备,则AMF可以决策要对第二UE进行定位,以实现对第一UE的定位。Optionally, after receiving the first message, before sending the first positioning service request message (S206) to the LMF, the AMF may also determine to locate the second UE. It can be understood that in the scenario where the first UE initiates positioning, the first UE requests positioning service from the AMF, and after the AMF receives the first message, the AMF determines based on the first message that the first UE is connected to the network device through a relay, then the AMF may decide to locate the second UE to achieve the positioning of the first UE.
3、LCS发起定位过程。3. LCS initiates the positioning process.
在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法还可以包括S305,LCS向AMF发送定位服务请求消息,相应的,AMF可接收该定位服务请求消息。例如将该定位服务请求消息称为第三定位服务请求消息,第三定位服务请求消息可以请求对第一UE进行定位。例如LCS检测到对第一UE的定位需求,则LCS可以执行S305。In the manner in which the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may further include S305, where the LCS sends a positioning service request message to the AMF, and accordingly, the AMF may receive the positioning service request message. For example, the positioning service request message is referred to as a third positioning service request message, and the third positioning service request message may request positioning of the first UE. For example, if the LCS detects a positioning requirement for the first UE, the LCS may execute S305.
可选的,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息(该步骤在图3中未画出),第一UE接收第一指示信息后,可以执行S301。因此AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S301之前。另外,AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S305之后,即,AMF确定要对第二UE进行定位,则可以请求第一UE发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息。如果第一UE有对应的中继UE(例如第二UE),则可以向AMF发送第二UE的信息或中继服务信息,从而可以实现对于第一UE的准确定位。可选的,该方法还可以包括S303和S304,关于这两个步骤的相关内容可参考前文的介绍。例如,第一UE在执行S301之前,可以先执行S303和S304。Optionally, when the LCS initiates the positioning process, the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 3 ), and after the first UE receives the first indication message, S301 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S301. In addition, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S305, that is, if the AMF determines that the second UE is to be located, it may request the first UE to send the information of the second UE or the relay service information. If the first UE has a corresponding relay UE (such as the second UE), the information of the second UE or the relay service information may be sent to the AMF, thereby achieving accurate positioning of the first UE. Optionally, the method may also include S303 and S304, and the relevant contents of these two steps may refer to the previous introduction. For example, before executing S301, the first UE may first execute S303 and S304.
例如,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法可包括S303和S304,以及AMF可以向第一UE发 送第一指示信息,对此的更多介绍可参考图2所示的实施例。For example, in the manner where the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may include S303 and S304, and the AMF may send a The first indication information is sent. For more information about this, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
或者,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法可以包括S303和S304,而AMF可以不向第一UE发送第一指示信息,对此的更多介绍可参考图2所示的实施例。Alternatively, when the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may include S303 and S304, and the AMF may not send the first indication information to the first UE. For more information on this, please refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 2.
可选的,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法可以不包括S302。Optionally, when the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may not include S302.
可选的,AMF接收第三定位服务请求消息后,在向LMF发送第一定位服务请求消息(S206)之前,还可以确定对第二UE进行定位。可理解为,在LCS发起定位的场景下,LCS向AMF请求对第一UE进行定位,而AMF接收第一消息后,AMF基于第一消息确定第一UE通过中继连接网络设备,则AMF可以决策要对第二UE进行定位,以实现对第一UE的定位。Optionally, after receiving the third positioning service request message, AMF can also determine to locate the second UE before sending the first positioning service request message (S206) to LMF. It can be understood that in the scenario where LCS initiates positioning, LCS requests AMF to locate the first UE, and after AMF receives the first message, AMF determines based on the first message that the first UE is connected to the network device through a relay, then AMF can decide to locate the second UE to achieve the positioning of the first UE.
除了如上三种场景外,还可能由其他网元发起定位过程,本申请实施例不做限制。In addition to the above three scenarios, the positioning process may also be initiated by other network elements, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
另外,在一些可选的实施方式中,第一UE还可以直接向LMF发送第一消息,此时第一UE不必通过S301向AMF发送第一消息。例如,第一UE可以通过LPP协议的能力传递,辅助数据传递或者定位信息传递过程向LMF发送第一消息,例如第一消息可以为LPP provide capabilities消息,LPP request assistance data消息或者LPP provide location information消息。In addition, in some optional implementations, the first UE may also send the first message directly to the LMF, and the first UE does not need to send the first message to the AMF through S301. For example, the first UE may send the first message to the LMF through the capability transfer, auxiliary data transfer or positioning information transfer process of the LPP protocol, for example, the first message may be an LPP provide capabilities message, an LPP request assistance data message or an LPP provide location information message.
S306、AMF向LMF发送第一定位服务请求消息。相应的,LMF接收来自AMF的第一定位服务请求消息。其中,无论是如上的AMF发起定位过程的方式、第一UE发起定位过程的方式、还是LCS发起定位过程的方式,均可适用S306。第一定位服务请求消息可用于请求对第二UE执行Uu定位,或者请求对第二UE执行定位。第一定位服务请求消息例如为location service request或者Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation消息。S306. AMF sends a first positioning service request message to LMF. Correspondingly, LMF receives the first positioning service request message from AMF. Among them, whether it is the way in which AMF initiates the positioning process, the way in which the first UE initiates the positioning process, or the way in which LCS initiates the positioning process as mentioned above, S306 can be applied. The first positioning service request message can be used to request Uu positioning for the second UE, or to request positioning for the second UE. The first positioning service request message is, for example, location service request or Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation message.
第一定位服务请求消息可包括第二UE的信息。例如,第一定位服务请求消息所包括的第二UE的信息,可以是第一消息所包括的第二UE的信息,例如包括如下一项或多项:第二UE的标识,第一UE对于来自第二UE的信号的接收信号质量信息,或,第二UE对第一UE的发送功率信息。The first positioning service request message may include information about the second UE. For example, the information about the second UE included in the first positioning service request message may be information about the second UE included in the first message, such as one or more of the following: an identifier of the second UE, quality information of a received signal of the first UE for a signal from the second UE, or information about the transmission power of the second UE to the first UE.
可选的,第一定位服务请求消息所包括的第二UE的信息,还可以包括如下一项或多项:LCS关联标识,服务小区标识,客户端类型,第二UE是否支持LPP,第二UE需要的QoS信息,或,第二UE的定位能力信息。可选的,AMF可以根据第二UE的注册信息获得如上信息。其中,LCS关联标识可以指示与第二UE关联的LCS。服务小区标识为第二UE的服务小区的标识。客户端类型可指示第二UE的类型。Optionally, the information of the second UE included in the first positioning service request message may also include one or more of the following: LCS association identifier, service cell identifier, client type, whether the second UE supports LPP, QoS information required by the second UE, or positioning capability information of the second UE. Optionally, the AMF may obtain the above information based on the registration information of the second UE. Among them, the LCS association identifier may indicate the LCS associated with the second UE. The service cell identifier is the identifier of the service cell of the second UE. The client type may indicate the type of the second UE.
例如,第一定位服务请求消息本身可用于请求对第二UE进行Uu定位。或者,第一定位服务请求消息可请求对第二UE进行定位,而不请求具体的定位方式,至于对第二UE应该采用何种定位方式(例如Uu定位或SL定位),可由LMF决策。For example, the first positioning service request message itself can be used to request Uu positioning of the second UE. Alternatively, the first positioning service request message can request positioning of the second UE without requesting a specific positioning method. As for which positioning method (such as Uu positioning or SL positioning) should be used for the second UE, it can be decided by the LMF.
S307、LMF与参与对第二UE定位的网络设备(例如接入网设备)交互与第二UE的定位相关的信息。S307. The LMF interacts with a network device (eg, an access network device) involved in positioning the second UE to obtain information related to the positioning of the second UE.
S308、LMF与第二UE交互与第二UE的定位相关的信息。S308. The LMF interacts with the second UE to obtain information related to the positioning of the second UE.
通过S307和S308,就完成了对第二UE的定位,LMF可以获得第二UE的位置信息。例如LMF所获得的第二UE的位置信息为第二UE的绝对位置信息。关于S307和S308的更多内容,可分别参考图2所示的实施例中的S207和S208。Through S307 and S308, the positioning of the second UE is completed, and the LMF can obtain the location information of the second UE. For example, the location information of the second UE obtained by the LMF is the absolute location information of the second UE. For more information about S307 and S308, refer to S207 and S208 in the embodiment shown in Figure 2, respectively.
S309、LMF向AMF发送第二UE的位置信息。相应的,AMF从LMF接收第二UE的位置信息。例如LMF所获得的第二UE的位置信息为第二UE的绝对位置信息,则LMF向AMF发送的也可以是第二UE的绝对位置信息。S309, LMF sends the location information of the second UE to AMF. Correspondingly, AMF receives the location information of the second UE from LMF. For example, if the location information of the second UE obtained by LMF is the absolute location information of the second UE, then what LMF sends to AMF may also be the absolute location information of the second UE.
S310、第一UE发起与第二UE的SL定位。S310. The first UE initiates SL positioning with the second UE.
例如,第一UE有定位需求,则可以发起与第二UE的SL定位。例如第一UE在检测到有发起紧急业务的需求时认为有定位需求,或者第一UE也可能在其他情况下有定位需求,例如第一UE内安装的地图应用(APP)被调用等。For example, if the first UE has a positioning requirement, it can initiate SL positioning with the second UE. For example, the first UE considers that there is a positioning requirement when it detects that there is a need to initiate an emergency service, or the first UE may also have a positioning requirement in other situations, such as when a map application (APP) installed in the first UE is called.
第一UE可以主动发起与第二UE的定位,或者,第一UE也可能不会主动发起与第二UE的定位。例如,第一UE可以设置第二使能信息。如果第一UE将该第二使能信息的值设置为第三值,表明第一UE可以主动发起与第二UE的定位,例如第一UE可以在有定位需求主动发起与第二UE的定位;如果第一UE将该第二使能信息的值设置为第四值,或者将该第二使能信息的值不设置为第三值,则表明第一UE不会主动发起与第二UE的定位,例如第一UE不会在有定位需求时主动发起与第二UE的定位。例如,第一UE可将该第二使能信息的值预先发送给AMF,或者第一UE也可以不将该第二使能 信息的值告知AMF。The first UE may actively initiate positioning with the second UE, or the first UE may not actively initiate positioning with the second UE. For example, the first UE may set the second enabling information. If the first UE sets the value of the second enabling information to the third value, it indicates that the first UE may actively initiate positioning with the second UE, for example, the first UE may actively initiate positioning with the second UE when there is a positioning requirement; if the first UE sets the value of the second enabling information to the fourth value, or does not set the value of the second enabling information to the third value, it indicates that the first UE will not actively initiate positioning with the second UE, for example, the first UE will not actively initiate positioning with the second UE when there is a positioning requirement. For example, the first UE may send the value of the second enabling information to the AMF in advance, or the first UE may not set the value of the second enabling information to the AMF in advance. The value of the information is communicated to the AMF.
可选的,如果第一UE将第二使能信息的值设置为第三值,则第一UE可以主动执行S310,则S310可能发生在S301~S302、以及S306~S309之前,或者发生在S301~S302、以及S305~S309之后,或者与S301~S302、以及S305~S309中的任意一个或多个步骤同时发生,或者也可能发生在S301~S302、以及S305~S309中的任一个步骤之前或之后。或者,如果第一UE将第二使能信息的值设置为第四值,且第一UE将第二使能信息的值预先发给了AMF,则在S310之前,AMF可以向第一UE发送第二指示信息,以指示第一UE发起与第二UE的SL定位,或者指示第一UE发起与第二UE的定位。例如AMF可以在S302之后向第一UE发送第二指示信息,或者AMF可以在接收来自第一UE的定位服务请求消息后向第一UE发送第二指示信息,或者AMF可以在接收来自LCS的第三定位服务请求消息(S305)后向第一UE发送第二指示信息。Optionally, if the first UE sets the value of the second enabling information to a third value, the first UE may actively execute S310, and S310 may occur before S301-S302 and S306-S309, or after S301-S302 and S305-S309, or simultaneously with any one or more of S301-S302 and S305-S309, or may also occur before or after any one of S301-S302 and S305-S309. Alternatively, if the first UE sets the value of the second enabling information to a fourth value, and the first UE sends the value of the second enabling information to the AMF in advance, then before S310, the AMF may send a second indication message to the first UE to instruct the first UE to initiate SL positioning with the second UE, or to instruct the first UE to initiate positioning with the second UE. For example, the AMF may send the second indication information to the first UE after S302, or the AMF may send the second indication information to the first UE after receiving the positioning service request message from the first UE, or the AMF may send the second indication information to the first UE after receiving the third positioning service request message (S305) from the LCS.
例如在S310中,第一UE通过对来自第二UE的信号进行测量,可以获得第一测量结果。可选的,如果第一UE不知道第二UE的绝对位置信息,则第一UE可以根据第一测量结果确定第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息;或者,如果第一UE已知第二UE的绝对位置信息,则第一UE可以根据第一测量结果和第二UE的绝对位置信息确定第一UE的绝对位置信息。其中,第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,可理解为第一UE相对于第二UE所在的位置的信息。For example, in S310, the first UE can obtain a first measurement result by measuring the signal from the second UE. Optionally, if the first UE does not know the absolute position information of the second UE, the first UE can determine the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE based on the first measurement result; or, if the first UE knows the absolute position information of the second UE, the first UE can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE. The relative position information between the first UE and the second UE can be understood as information about the position of the first UE relative to the second UE.
S311、第一UE向AMF发送第二信息。相应的,AMF接收来自第一UE的第二信息。S311. The first UE sends second information to the AMF. Correspondingly, the AMF receives the second information from the first UE.
第二信息可以包括第一测量结果,则AMF接收第一测量结果后,可以确定第一UE的绝对位置信息。例如,AMF可以根据第一测量结果确定第一UE的绝对位置信息;或者,AMF可以根据第一测量结果确定第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,再结合在S309中从LMF获得的第二UE的位置信息,可以确定第一UE的位置信息。The second information may include the first measurement result, and the AMF may determine the absolute location information of the first UE after receiving the first measurement result. For example, the AMF may determine the absolute location information of the first UE based on the first measurement result; or the AMF may determine the relative location information of the first UE and the second UE based on the first measurement result, and then determine the location information of the first UE in combination with the location information of the second UE obtained from the LMF in S309.
或者,第二信息可以包括第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,则AMF接收该相对位置信息后,根据该相对位置信息以及在S309中从LMF获得的第二UE的位置信息,可以确定第一UE的位置信息。Alternatively, the second information may include relative position information between the first UE and the second UE. After receiving the relative position information, the AMF can determine the position information of the first UE based on the relative position information and the position information of the second UE obtained from the LMF in S309.
或者,第二信息可以包括第一UE的绝对位置信息。Alternatively, the second information may include absolute location information of the first UE.
如果是第一UE发起的定位过程,则可选的,在S311之后,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一UE的绝对位置信息。或者,如果是LCS发起的定位过程,则可选的,在S311之后,AMF还可以向LCS发送第一UE的绝对位置信息。If the positioning process is initiated by the first UE, then optionally, after S311, the AMF may also send the absolute location information of the first UE to the first UE. Alternatively, if the positioning process is initiated by the LCS, then optionally, after S311, the AMF may also send the absolute location information of the first UE to the LCS.
本申请实施例中,第二UE为第一UE提供中继服务,例如第二UE为relay UE,第一UE为remote UE。第一UE设备可以向第一网络设备发送第二UE的信息,使得第一网络设备能够获知第二UE的存在,由此第一网络设备能够发起对relay UE的Uu定位。另外第一UE可以发起与第二UE之间的SL定位,使得第一UE和第二UE之间能够执行SL定位。也就是说,本申请实施例使得核心网能够感知中继场景下的relay UE的存在,使得中继场景下的定位过程得以实现。而且本申请实施例的SL定位过程可由UE发起,网络设备可以不必过多参与,能够减小定位时延。In an embodiment of the present application, the second UE provides a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second UE is a relay UE and the first UE is a remote UE. The first UE device can send information about the second UE to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second UE, thereby the first network device can initiate Uu positioning of the relay UE. In addition, the first UE can initiate SL positioning with the second UE, so that SL positioning can be performed between the first UE and the second UE. In other words, the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized. Moreover, the SL positioning process in the embodiment of the present application can be initiated by the UE, and the network device does not need to be too involved, which can reduce the positioning delay.
根据前述实施例的介绍可知,定位过程可以由待定位的UE(例如第一UE)发起。接下来本申请实施例提供第三种通信方法,该方法涉及的场景例如包括由第一UE发起定位过程的场景,或者还可以包括其他场景,例如由AMF发起定位过程的场景或LCS发起定位过程的场景等。在该方法中,第一UE可以更多地占据主动地位,减少网络设备的参与。请参考图4,为该方法的流程图。According to the introduction of the aforementioned embodiment, the positioning process can be initiated by the UE to be positioned (e.g., the first UE). Next, the embodiment of the present application provides a third communication method, which involves scenarios such as a scenario in which the positioning process is initiated by the first UE, or may also include other scenarios, such as a scenario in which the positioning process is initiated by the AMF or a scenario in which the positioning process is initiated by the LCS. In this method, the first UE can take a more active position and reduce the participation of network devices. Please refer to Figure 4, which is a flow chart of the method.
S401、第一UE向第二UE发送第五消息。相应的,第二UE可接收来自第一UE的第五消息。另外,第一UE还执行与第二UE之间的SL定位。可选的,第一UE执行与第二UE之间的SL定位,该过程可以包括一个或多个步骤,那么,第一UE发送第五消息的步骤可以发生在这一个或多个步骤中的任意一个步骤之前或之后,或者也可以与这一个或多个步骤中的任一个或多个步骤同时发生。第五消息可用于请求获得第二UE的位置信息。第五消息可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的发现过程中的消息,或是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的消息,或是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立完成后的消息,对于这些消息的介绍可参考图2所示的实施例。S401. The first UE sends the fifth message to the second UE. Correspondingly, the second UE can receive the fifth message from the first UE. In addition, the first UE also performs SL positioning with the second UE. Optionally, the first UE performs SL positioning with the second UE, and the process may include one or more steps. Then, the step of the first UE sending the fifth message may occur before or after any one of the one or more steps, or may also occur simultaneously with any one or more of the one or more steps. The fifth message can be used to request the location information of the second UE. The fifth message may be a message in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a message after the connection establishment between the first UE and the second UE is completed. For the introduction of these messages, please refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 2.
例如,第一UE通过中继UE(例如第二UE)与网络连接,在有定位需求时,第一UE可以执行S401。例如第一UE检测到有发起紧急业务的需求,则认为第一UE有定位需求,或者第一UE也可能在其他场景下有定位需求。又例如,第一UE向第二UE发送第五消息之前,第一UE接收到来自LMF的第六消息,LMF通过第六消息请求第一UE的位置信息,其中,LMF可以在接收到来自AMF的定位请求消息之后,向第一UE发送第六消息,AMF可以在确定定位第一UE或者接收到LCS的定位请 求之后,向LMF发送定位请求消息。For example, the first UE is connected to the network through a relay UE (such as a second UE). When there is a positioning requirement, the first UE can execute S401. For example, if the first UE detects that there is a need to initiate an emergency service, it is considered that the first UE has a positioning requirement, or the first UE may also have a positioning requirement in other scenarios. For another example, before the first UE sends the fifth message to the second UE, the first UE receives the sixth message from the LMF, and the LMF requests the location information of the first UE through the sixth message. The LMF can send the sixth message to the first UE after receiving the positioning request message from the AMF, and the AMF can determine the location of the first UE or receive the positioning request message from the LCS. After the request, a positioning request message is sent to LMF.
第一UE执行与第二UE之间的SL定位流程的一种方式为,第一UE对来自第二UE的定位参考信号进行测量,和/或第二UE对来自第一UE的定位参考信号进行测量,第一UE可以获得第一测量结果。其中,如果第二UE对来自第一UE的定位参考信号进行测量,第二UE可将得到的测量结果发送给第一UE,以供第一UE获得第一测量结果。可选的,如果第一UE不知道第二UE的绝对位置信息,则第一UE可以根据第一测量结果确定第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息;或者,如果第一UE已知第二UE的绝对位置信息,则第一UE可以根据第一测量结果和第二UE的绝对位置信息确定第一UE的绝对位置信息。其中,第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,可理解为第一UE相对于第二UE所在的位置的信息。One way for the first UE to perform the SL positioning process with the second UE is that the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, and/or the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, and the first UE can obtain a first measurement result. Among them, if the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, the second UE can send the obtained measurement result to the first UE so that the first UE can obtain the first measurement result. Optionally, if the first UE does not know the absolute position information of the second UE, the first UE can determine the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE based on the first measurement result; or, if the first UE knows the absolute position information of the second UE, the first UE can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result and the absolute position information of the second UE. Among them, the relative position information between the first UE and the second UE can be understood as information about the position of the first UE relative to the second UE.
或者,第一UE执行与第二UE之间的SL定位流程的一种方式为,第一UE对来自第二UE的定位参考信号进行测量,和/或第二UE对来自第一UE的定位参考信号进行测量,第二UE可以获得第二测量结果。其中,如果第一UE对来自第二UE的定位参考信号进行测量,第一UE可将得到的测量结果发送给第二UE,以供第二UE获得第二测量结果。可选的,如果第二UE不知道自身的绝对位置信息,则第二UE可以根据第二测量结果确定第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息;或者,如果第二UE已知自身的绝对位置信息,则第二UE可以根据第二测量结果确定第一UE的绝对位置信息。其中,第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息,可理解为第二UE相对于第一UE所在的位置的信息。Alternatively, one way for the first UE to perform the SL positioning process with the second UE is that the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, and/or the second UE measures the positioning reference signal from the first UE, and the second UE can obtain the second measurement result. Among them, if the first UE measures the positioning reference signal from the second UE, the first UE can send the obtained measurement result to the second UE so that the second UE can obtain the second measurement result. Optionally, if the second UE does not know its own absolute position information, the second UE can determine the relative position information of the second UE and the first UE based on the second measurement result; or, if the second UE knows its own absolute position information, the second UE can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the second measurement result. Among them, the relative position information between the second UE and the first UE can be understood as information about the position of the second UE relative to the first UE.
S402、第二UE发起对第二UE的定位过程。可选的,如果第二UE的绝对位置信息是已知的,则可以不必执行S402。S402: The second UE initiates a positioning process for the second UE. Optionally, if the absolute position information of the second UE is known, S402 may not be performed.
例如,第二UE可以向AMF发送location service request消息,AMF接收该消息后,可以向LMF请求对第二UE进行Uu定位。关于LMF对第二UE执行Uu定位的过程可参考图2所示的实施例的介绍,通过该定位过程,LMF就获得了第二UE的绝对位置信息。LMF可以将第二UE的绝对位置信息发送给AMF,AMF可将第二UE的绝对位置信息发送给第二UE,从而第二UE就获得了第二UE的绝对位置信息。For example, the second UE may send a location service request message to the AMF. After receiving the message, the AMF may request the LMF to perform Uu positioning on the second UE. For the process of LMF performing Uu positioning on the second UE, reference may be made to the introduction of the embodiment shown in FIG2. Through the positioning process, the LMF obtains the absolute location information of the second UE. The LMF may send the absolute location information of the second UE to the AMF, and the AMF may send the absolute location information of the second UE to the second UE, so that the second UE obtains the absolute location information of the second UE.
S403、第二UE向第一UE发送第三信息。相应的,第一UE接收来自第二UE的第三信息。第三信息可用于确定第一UE的位置信息。S403: The second UE sends third information to the first UE. Correspondingly, the first UE receives the third information from the second UE. The third information can be used to determine the location information of the first UE.
例如,第三信息包括第二UE的绝对位置信息,第一UE在S401中获得的是第一测量结果或者第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,其中,第一测量结果可用于确定第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息。那么第一UE根据在S401中获得的第一测量结果或者第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,以及第二UE的绝对位置信息,可以确定第一UE的绝对位置信息。For example, the third information includes the absolute position information of the second UE, and the first UE obtains the first measurement result or the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE in S401, wherein the first measurement result can be used to determine the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE. Then the first UE can determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result or the relative position information of the first UE and the second UE obtained in S401, and the absolute position information of the second UE.
或者,第三信息包括第一UE的绝对位置信息。例如,第二UE根据在S401中获得的第二测量结果或者第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息,以及第二UE的绝对位置信息,可以确定第一UE的绝对位置信息;或者,第二UE根据在S401中获得的第二测量结果可以确定第一UE的绝对位置信息。第二UE可将第一UE的绝对位置信息发送给第一UE。其中,第二测量结果可用于确定第二UE与第一UE的相对位置信息。Alternatively, the third information includes the absolute position information of the first UE. For example, the second UE may determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the second measurement result obtained in S401 or the relative position information between the second UE and the first UE, and the absolute position information of the second UE; or, the second UE may determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the second measurement result obtained in S401. The second UE may send the absolute position information of the first UE to the first UE. The second measurement result may be used to determine the relative position information between the second UE and the first UE.
或者,第三信息包括第一UE的绝对位置信息。例如,第一UE可将S401中获得的第一测量结果或者第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息发送给第二UE,其中,第一测量结果可用于确定第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息。第二UE根据第一测量结果或者第一UE与第二UE的相对位置信息,以及第二UE的绝对位置信息,可以确定第一UE的绝对位置信息,第二UE可将第一UE的绝对位置信息发送给第一UE。Alternatively, the third information includes the absolute position information of the first UE. For example, the first UE may send the first measurement result obtained in S401 or the relative position information between the first UE and the second UE to the second UE, wherein the first measurement result may be used to determine the relative position information between the first UE and the second UE. The second UE may determine the absolute position information of the first UE based on the first measurement result or the relative position information between the first UE and the second UE, and the absolute position information of the second UE, and the second UE may send the absolute position information of the first UE to the first UE.
本申请实施例提供的定位流程中,不必有过多的网络设备参与,能够简化定位过程。In the positioning process provided in the embodiment of the present application, there is no need for too many network devices to participate, which can simplify the positioning process.
在前文介绍了,如果对中继场景下通过relay UE接入网络的target UE进行定位,可以采用如下两种方式中的任一种:方式1,通过Uu定位+SL定位方式对target UE进行定位;方式2,仅通过Uu定位的方式对target UE进行定位。图2~图4所示的实施例涉及的定位方式均为方式1,下面讨论方式2。As described above, if the target UE accessing the network through the relay UE in the relay scenario is positioned, either of the following two methods can be used: Method 1, positioning the target UE through Uu positioning + SL positioning; Method 2, positioning the target UE only through Uu positioning. The positioning methods involved in the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 4 are all Method 1, and Method 2 is discussed below.
在方式2中,AMF可以向LMF请求定位,在该请求中可以携带小区的身份号(ID),如果在非中继定位场景下,该小区是待定位的target UE所在的小区。但在中继场景下,由于核心网设备对于relay UE并不感知,即AMF认为relay UE的小区ID就是target UE的小区ID,因此该请求所携带的小区ID是relay UE所在的小区的ID。LMF会参考该小区ID确定基于哪些基站的PRS对该target UE定位,而该小区ID并不是该target UE所在的小区的ID,这就导致LMF所确定的基站不够准确,例如LMF确 定的基站所发送的PRS无法被target UE所接收,从而导致无法对该target UE进行定位。例如参考图5,其中的接入网设备1~接入网设备3所发送的PRS均可以被relay UE所接收,这三个接入网设备可能被确定为用于对target UE进行定位的接入网设备,但这三个接入网设备发送的PRS是target UE收不到的。In method 2, AMF can request positioning from LMF, and the request can carry the cell identity number (ID). If in a non-relay positioning scenario, the cell is the cell where the target UE to be located is located. However, in a relay scenario, since the core network equipment is not aware of the relay UE, that is, the AMF believes that the cell ID of the relay UE is the cell ID of the target UE, the cell ID carried in the request is the ID of the cell where the relay UE is located. LMF will refer to the cell ID to determine which base stations' PRSs are used to locate the target UE, but the cell ID is not the ID of the cell where the target UE is located. This causes the base station determined by the LMF to be inaccurate. For example, the LMF determines The PRS sent by the determined base station cannot be received by the target UE, resulting in the inability to locate the target UE. For example, referring to Figure 5, the PRS sent by access network devices 1 to 3 can all be received by the relay UE, and these three access network devices may be determined as access network devices for locating the target UE, but the PRS sent by these three access network devices cannot be received by the target UE.
鉴于此,本申请实施例提供第四种通信方法,通过该方法,可以提高所确定的参与对target UE定位的网络设备(例如接入网设备)的准确性,从而提高对于target UE定位的精度。请参考图6,为该方法的流程图。In view of this, the embodiment of the present application provides a fourth communication method, through which the accuracy of the determined network devices (such as access network devices) involved in positioning the target UE can be improved, thereby improving the accuracy of positioning the target UE. Please refer to Figure 6, which is a flow chart of the method.
S601、第一UE向AMF发送第一消息。相应的,AMF接收来自第一UE的第一消息。第一消息可以通过接入网设备发送给AMF。第一消息例如为NAS消息,或者也可以是AS消息,例如一种AS消息为RRC消息。例如,如果第一消息为NAS消息,则第一消息可以为注册请求消息,业务请求消息,上行NAS传输消息,或者定位服务请求消息等。如果第一消息为NAS消息,则第一消息可通过接入网设备透传给AMF,例如接入网设备接收第一消息后,接入网设备不会读取第一消息,而是将第一消息包括的信息转发给AMF。S601. The first UE sends a first message to the AMF. Accordingly, the AMF receives the first message from the first UE. The first message may be sent to the AMF through the access network device. The first message may be, for example, a NAS message, or may also be an AS message, for example, an AS message is an RRC message. For example, if the first message is a NAS message, the first message may be a registration request message, a service request message, an uplink NAS transmission message, or a positioning service request message, etc. If the first message is a NAS message, the first message may be transparently transmitted to the AMF through the access network device. For example, after the access network device receives the first message, the access network device will not read the first message, but forward the information included in the first message to the AMF.
本申请实施例中,关于第一消息的实现方式等内容可参考图2所示的实施例。In the embodiment of the present application, regarding the implementation method of the first message and other contents, please refer to the embodiment shown in Figure 2.
可选的,第一消息可包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息。第二UE可以为第一UE提供中继服务,例如第一UE为remote UE,第二UE为relay UE。中继信息可以包括如下一项或多项:接收信号质量信息,第二UE对第一UE的发送功率信息,第二UE的标识,或,指示信息。该接收质量信息可指示第一UE对于来自第二UE的信号的接收信号质量,例如该接收信号质量信息对应的参数为RSRP、RSRQ或SINR中的一种或多种。其中,第一UE通过对来自第二UE的信号进行测量,可以获得该接收信号质量信息。例如该信号可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的发现过程中的信号,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的信号,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立成功后的信号。该信号可以是专用于测量的信号,例如用于测量的参考信号,或者也可以是具有其他功能的信号。而第二UE对第一UE的发送功率信息,可由第二UE告知第一UE,例如第二UE可以在与第一UE的发现过程中、连接建立过程中、或连接建立完成之后,向第一UE发送第二UE对第一UE的发送功率信息。其中,该发送功率所对应的信号可以是第二消息,或者也可以是第二UE向第一UE发送的其他信号。例如该信号可以是第一UE与第二UE之间的发现过程中的信号,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立过程中的信号,或者是第一UE与第二UE之间的连接建立成功后的信号。中继信息所包括的指示信息可指示第一UE通过中继连接网络,或指示第一UE接受中继服务,或指示第一UE为remote UE等。Optionally, the first message may include relay information and/or network device information. The second UE may provide relay service for the first UE, for example, the first UE is a remote UE and the second UE is a relay UE. The relay information may include one or more of the following: received signal quality information, transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE, an identifier of the second UE, or indication information. The received quality information may indicate the received signal quality of the first UE for the signal from the second UE, for example, the parameter corresponding to the received signal quality information is one or more of RSRP, RSRQ or SINR. The first UE may obtain the received signal quality information by measuring the signal from the second UE. For example, the signal may be a signal in the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal in the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established. The signal may be a signal dedicated to measurement, such as a reference signal for measurement, or may be a signal with other functions. The second UE may inform the first UE of the transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE. For example, the second UE may send the transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE to the first UE during the discovery process with the first UE, during the connection establishment process, or after the connection establishment is completed. The signal corresponding to the transmission power may be a second message, or may be other signals sent by the second UE to the first UE. For example, the signal may be a signal during the discovery process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal during the connection establishment process between the first UE and the second UE, or a signal after the connection between the first UE and the second UE is successfully established. The indication information included in the relay information may indicate that the first UE connects to the network through a relay, or indicates that the first UE accepts relay services, or indicates that the first UE is a remote UE, etc.
第一消息所包括的网络设备信息,可以指示第一UE能够接收信号的网络设备,例如该网络设备信息可以包括第一UE能够接收信号的网络设备的标识。第一UE能够接收信号的网络设备,可理解为,这些网络设备所发送的信号能够被第一UE接收。该信号例如为PRS。该网络设备例如为接入网设备,其数量可以是一个或多个。或者,第一消息所包括的网络设备信息,可以指示第一UE能够接收信号的小区标识,该信号例如为PRS。The network device information included in the first message may indicate a network device on which the first UE can receive signals. For example, the network device information may include an identifier of a network device on which the first UE can receive signals. The network devices on which the first UE can receive signals may be understood as signals sent by these network devices that can be received by the first UE. The signal is, for example, a PRS. The network device is, for example, an access network device, and the number of the access network devices may be one or more. Alternatively, the network device information included in the first message may indicate an identifier of a cell on which the first UE can receive signals. The signal is, for example, a PRS.
可选的,第一UE可以主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息,或者,第一UE也可能不会主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息。例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息。如果第一UE将该第一使能信息的值设置为第一值,表明第一UE可以主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息(或者,主动获得并向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息),例如第一UE可以在发起紧急业务时或者第一UE有定位需求时主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息;如果第一UE将该第一使能信息的值设置为第二值,或者将该第一使能信息的值不设置为第一值,则表明第一UE不会主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息(或者,不会主动获得中继信息和/或网络设备信息,和/或不会主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息),例如第一UE不会在发起紧急业务时或者第一UE有定位需求时主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息。例如,第一UE可将该第一使能信息的值预先发送给AMF,或者第一UE也可以不将该第一使能信息的值告知AMF。Optionally, the first UE may actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF, or the first UE may not actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF. For example, the first UE may set the first enabling information. If the first UE sets the value of the first enabling information to the first value, it indicates that the first UE can actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF (or actively obtain and send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF), for example, the first UE can actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF when initiating an emergency service or when the first UE has a positioning requirement; if the first UE sets the value of the first enabling information to the second value, or does not set the value of the first enabling information to the first value, it indicates that the first UE will not actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF (or, will not actively obtain relay information and/or network device information, and/or will not actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF), for example, the first UE will not actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF when initiating an emergency service or when the first UE has a positioning requirement. For example, the first UE may send the value of the first enabling information to the AMF in advance, or the first UE may not inform the AMF of the value of the first enabling information.
本申请实施例中,该定位过程可以由AMF发起,或者由第一UE发起,或者由LCS发起。由不同的网元发起时,执行流程可能有相应的不同,下面举例介绍。In the embodiment of the present application, the positioning process may be initiated by the AMF, or by the first UE, or by the LCS. When initiated by different network elements, the execution process may be correspondingly different, which is described below by example.
1、AMF发起定位过程。1. AMF initiates the positioning process.
在AMF发起定位过程的方式下,该方法还可以包括S602,AMF确定对第一UE进行定位,或者,AMF确定对第一UE进行Uu定位。In the manner in which the AMF initiates the positioning process, the method may further include S602, the AMF determines to locate the first UE, or the AMF determines to perform Uu positioning on the first UE.
AMF可以通过多种因素确定执行定位,对此的更多介绍可参考图2所示的实施例。 The AMF may determine the execution positioning according to various factors, and for more information, please refer to the embodiment shown in FIG. 2 .
可选的,在AMF发起定位过程的方式下,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息(该步骤在图6中未画出),第一指示信息可指示第一UE发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息。第一UE接收第一指示信息后,可以执行S601。因此AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S601之前。另外,可选的,AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S602之后,即,AMF确定要执行定位,则可以请求第一UE发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息。第一UE可以根据第一指示信息向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息,从而可以实现对于第一UE的准确定位。Optionally, when the AMF initiates the positioning process, the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in Figure 6), and the first indication message may instruct the first UE to send relay information and/or network equipment information. After the first UE receives the first indication message, S601 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S601. In addition, optionally, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S602, that is, if the AMF determines that positioning is to be performed, it may request the first UE to send relay information and/or network equipment information. The first UE may send relay information and/or network equipment information to the AMF based on the first indication message, so that accurate positioning of the first UE can be achieved.
例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,且AMF预先从第一UE接收了该第一使能信息的值,该第一使能信息的值为第二值或者不为第一值,表明第一UE不会主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息,则AMF可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。又例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,但AMF未从第一UE接收该第一使能信息的值,因此AMF并不知晓第一UE是否会主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息,那么,如果AMF确定要执行定位,且又未从第一UE获得中继信息和/或网络设备信息,就可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。再例如,AMF是否向第一UE发送第一指示信息与第一UE的第一使能信息无关。For example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF has received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance, and the value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send relay information and/or network equipment information to the AMF, then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF has not received the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send relay information and/or network equipment information to the AMF, then, if the AMF determines to perform positioning and has not obtained the relay information and/or network equipment information from the first UE, it can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
2、第一UE发起定位过程。2. The first UE initiates a positioning process.
例如,第一UE检测到定位需求,则第一UE可以执行S601。第一UE可以是在检测到有发起紧急业务的需求时确定有定位需求,或者第一UE也可以是根据其他因素确定有定位需求。可选的,在第一UE发起定位过程的方式下,该方法可以不包括S602。For example, if the first UE detects a positioning requirement, the first UE may execute S601. The first UE may determine that there is a positioning requirement when detecting a requirement to initiate an emergency service, or the first UE may determine that there is a positioning requirement based on other factors. Optionally, when the first UE initiates a positioning process, the method may not include S602.
第一UE由于检测到定位需求,因此第一UE可以向AMF发送location service request消息,AMF根据该消息可以向LMF请求定位。可选的,第一消息例如为该location service request消息,可将作为第一消息的location service request消息称为第二定位服务请求消息;或者,第一消息也可以是第一UE向AMF发送的其他消息。Since the first UE detects the positioning requirement, the first UE can send a location service request message to the AMF, and the AMF can request positioning from the LMF according to the message. Optionally, the first message is, for example, the location service request message, and the location service request message as the first message can be called the second positioning service request message; or, the first message can also be other messages sent by the first UE to the AMF.
可选的,在第一UE发起定位过程的方式下,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息,该步骤在图6中未画出。第一UE接收来自AMF的第一指示信息后,可以执行S601。因此AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S601之前。另外,可选的,AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在AMF接收了来自第一UE的location service request消息之后,即,AMF确定第一UE要执行定位,则可以请求第一UE发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息。第一UE可以根据第一指示信息向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息,从而可以实现对于第一UE的准确定位。其中,如果AMF还向第一UE发送第一指示信息,则第一消息可以不是第一UE发送的location service request消息,且第一消息可以位于该location service request消息之后。Optionally, when the first UE initiates the positioning process, the AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE, which step is not shown in Figure 6. After the first UE receives the first indication message from the AMF, S601 may be executed. Therefore, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S601. In addition, optionally, the step of the AMF sending the first indication message may occur after the AMF receives the location service request message from the first UE, that is, the AMF determines that the first UE is to perform positioning, and then requests the first UE to send relay information and/or network equipment information. The first UE may send relay information and/or network equipment information to the AMF according to the first indication information, so as to achieve accurate positioning of the first UE. Among them, if the AMF also sends the first indication message to the first UE, the first message may not be the location service request message sent by the first UE, and the first message may be located after the location service request message.
例如,在第一UE发起定位过程的方式下,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,且AMF预先从第一UE接收了该第一使能信息的值,该第一使能信息的值为第二值或者不为第一值,表明第一UE不会主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息,则AMF可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。又例如,第一UE可以设置第一使能信息,但AMF未从第一UE接收该第一使能信息的值,因此AMF并不知晓第一UE是否会主动向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息,那么,如果AMF接收了来自第一UE的定位服务请求消息,且又未从第一UE获得中继信息和/或网络设备信息,就可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息。再例如,AMF是否向第一UE发送第一指示信息与第一UE的第一使能信息无关。For example, when the first UE initiates the positioning process, the first UE can set the first enabling information, and the AMF receives the value of the first enabling information from the first UE in advance. The value of the first enabling information is the second value or not the first value, indicating that the first UE will not actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF, then the AMF can send the first indication information to the first UE. For another example, the first UE can set the first enabling information, but the AMF does not receive the value of the first enabling information from the first UE, so the AMF does not know whether the first UE will actively send relay information and/or network device information to the AMF. Then, if the AMF receives the positioning service request message from the first UE and does not obtain the relay information and/or network device information from the first UE, the first indication information can be sent to the first UE. For another example, whether the AMF sends the first indication information to the first UE has nothing to do with the first enabling information of the first UE.
3、LCS发起定位过程。3. LCS initiates the positioning process.
在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法还可以包括S603,LCS向AMF发送定位服务请求消息,相应的,AMF可接收该定位服务请求消息。例如将该定位服务请求消息称为第三定位服务请求消息,第三定位服务请求消息可以请求对第一UE进行定位。例如LCS检测到对第一UE的定位需求,则LCS可以执行S603。可选的,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,该方法可以不包括S602。In the manner in which the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may further include S603, where the LCS sends a positioning service request message to the AMF, and accordingly, the AMF may receive the positioning service request message. For example, the positioning service request message is referred to as a third positioning service request message, and the third positioning service request message may request positioning of the first UE. For example, if the LCS detects a positioning requirement for the first UE, the LCS may execute S603. Optionally, in the manner in which the LCS initiates the positioning process, the method may not include S602.
可选的,在LCS发起定位过程的方式下,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一指示信息(该步骤在图6中未画出),第一UE接收第一指示信息后,可以执行S601。因此AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S601之前。另外,AMF发送第一指示信息的步骤可以发生在S603之后,即,AMF确定要对第一UE进行定位,则可以请求第一UE发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息。第一UE可以根据第一指示信息向AMF发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息,从而可以实现对于第一UE的准确定位。Optionally, when LCS initiates the positioning process, AMF may also send a first indication message to the first UE (this step is not shown in FIG. 6 ). After the first UE receives the first indication message, S601 may be executed. Therefore, the step of AMF sending the first indication message may occur before S601. In addition, the step of AMF sending the first indication message may occur after S603, that is, if AMF determines that the first UE needs to be located, it may request the first UE to send relay information and/or network device information. The first UE may send relay information and/or network device information to AMF according to the first indication message, so as to achieve accurate positioning of the first UE.
其中,无论对于AMF发起定位过程的方式、第一UE发起定位过程的方式还是LCS发起定位过程的方式,S601都是可选的步骤。例如,无论对于如上哪种方式,第一UE也可以在后文将要介绍的S606 中再向LMF发送第一消息所包括的内容即可,或者,在S606中第一UE再向LMF发送第一消息。Wherein, regardless of the manner in which the AMF initiates the positioning process, the manner in which the first UE initiates the positioning process, or the manner in which the LCS initiates the positioning process, S601 is an optional step. For example, regardless of the manner in which the first UE initiates the positioning process, S606 to be described later may be performed. Alternatively, in S606, the first UE sends the first message to the LMF again.
可选的,无论对于如上哪种方式,如果第一消息所包括的中继信息包括第二UE的标识和/或第二UE对第一UE的发送功率信息等第二UE的信息,则第一UE还可以从第二UE获得第二UE的信息,对此可参考图2所示的实施例中的S203和S204。Optionally, regardless of the above method, if the relay information included in the first message includes information of the second UE such as the identifier of the second UE and/or the transmission power information of the second UE to the first UE, the first UE can also obtain the information of the second UE from the second UE. For this, please refer to S203 and S204 in the embodiment shown in Figure 2.
除了如上三种场景外,还可能由其他网元发起定位过程,本申请实施例不做限制。In addition to the above three scenarios, the positioning process may also be initiated by other network elements, which is not limited in the embodiments of the present application.
另外,在一些可选的实施方式中,第一UE还可以直接向LMF发送第一消息,此时第一UE不必通过S601向AMF发送第一消息。例如,第一UE可以通过LPP协议的能力传递,辅助数据传递或者定位信息传递过程向LMF发送第一消息,例如第一消息可以为LPP provide capabilities消息,LPP request assistance data消息或者LPP provide location information消息。In addition, in some optional implementations, the first UE may also send the first message directly to the LMF, and the first UE does not need to send the first message to the AMF through S601. For example, the first UE may send the first message to the LMF through the capability transfer, auxiliary data transfer or positioning information transfer process of the LPP protocol, for example, the first message may be an LPP provide capabilities message, an LPP request assistance data message or an LPP provide location information message.
S604、AMF向LMF发送第一定位服务请求消息。相应的,LMF接收来自AMF的第一定位服务请求消息。其中,无论是如上的AMF发起定位过程的方式、第一UE发起定位过程的方式、还是LCS发起定位过程的方式,均可适用S604。第一定位服务请求消息可用于请求对第一UE执行Uu定位,或者请求对第一UE执行定位。第一定位服务请求消息例如为location service request或者Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation消息。S604. AMF sends a first positioning service request message to LMF. Correspondingly, LMF receives the first positioning service request message from AMF. Among them, whether it is the way in which AMF initiates the positioning process, the way in which the first UE initiates the positioning process, or the way in which LCS initiates the positioning process as mentioned above, S604 can be applied. The first positioning service request message can be used to request Uu positioning for the first UE, or to request positioning for the first UE. The first positioning service request message is, for example, location service request or Nlmf_Location_DetermineLocation message.
第一定位服务请求消息可包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息。例如,第一定位服务请求消息所包括的中继信息,可以是第一消息所包括的中继信息;第一定位服务请求消息所包括的网络设备信息,可以是第一消息所包括的网络设备信息。The first positioning service request message may include relay information and/or network device information. For example, the relay information included in the first positioning service request message may be the relay information included in the first message; the network device information included in the first positioning service request message may be the network device information included in the first message.
可选的,第一定位服务请求消息还可以包括第一UE的信息,例如包括如下一项或多项:LCS关联标识,服务小区标识,客户端类型,第一UE是否支持LPP,第一UE需要的QoS信息,或,第一UE的定位能力信息。可选的,AMF可以根据第一UE的注册信息获得第一UE的信息,或者,第一UE的信息也可以包括在第一消息中。其中,LCS关联标识可以指示与第一UE关联的LCS。服务小区标识为第一UE的服务小区的标识。客户端类型可指示第一UE的类型。Optionally, the first positioning service request message may also include information of the first UE, for example, one or more of the following: LCS association identifier, service cell identifier, client type, whether the first UE supports LPP, QoS information required by the first UE, or positioning capability information of the first UE. Optionally, the AMF may obtain the information of the first UE based on the registration information of the first UE, or the information of the first UE may also be included in the first message. Among them, the LCS association identifier may indicate the LCS associated with the first UE. The service cell identifier is the identifier of the service cell of the first UE. The client type may indicate the type of the first UE.
S605、LMF与参与对第一UE定位的网络设备(例如接入网设备)交互与第一UE的定位相关的信息。S605. The LMF interacts with a network device (eg, an access network device) involved in positioning the first UE to obtain information related to the positioning of the first UE.
可选的,LMF可以参考第一定位服务请求消息所包括的信息确定参与对第一UE定位的网络设备,再与所确定的网络设备交互与第一UE的定位相关的信息。例如LMF根据第一定位服务请求包括的中继信息和/或网络设备信息,确定参与对第一UE定位的网络设备。例如,LMF根据第一定位服务请求包括的接收信号质量信息和/或第二UE的SL发送功率信息,可以估算第一UE与第二UE之间的距离,而LMF根据第二UE的服务小区可以大概确定第二UE所在的位置,则LMF根据第一UE与第二UE之间的距离,以及第二UE的位置,可以确定第一UE所在位置的范围(此时的位置为粗略估计的位置),因此LMF可以确定第一UE能够接收来自哪些网络设备的PRS,从而可将这些网络设备中的部分或全部确定为参与第一UE定位的网络设备。Optionally, LMF may determine the network devices involved in positioning the first UE with reference to the information included in the first positioning service request message, and then interact with the determined network devices for information related to the positioning of the first UE. For example, LMF determines the network devices involved in positioning the first UE based on the relay information and/or network device information included in the first positioning service request. For example, LMF can estimate the distance between the first UE and the second UE based on the received signal quality information and/or the SL transmission power information of the second UE included in the first positioning service request, and LMF can roughly determine the location of the second UE based on the service cell of the second UE. Then, LMF can determine the range of the location of the first UE based on the distance between the first UE and the second UE and the location of the second UE (the location at this time is a roughly estimated location), so LMF can determine which network devices the first UE can receive PRS from, so that some or all of these network devices can be determined as network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE.
或者,LMF在根据第一定位服务请求包括的接收信号质量信息和/或第二UE的SL发送功率信息确定第一UE位置的范围后,还可以进一步根据第一UE位置的范围,以及第一定位服务请求所包括的第一UE能够接收信号的网络设备的信息,确定参与第一UE定位的网络设备。例如,LMF根据第一UE位置的范围确定了网络设备1~3,而第一UE能够接收信号的网络设备的信息中不包括网络设备1的信息,则LMF可以确定参与第一UE定位的网络设备包括网络设备2、3,而不包括网络设备1。Alternatively, after determining the range of the first UE's position based on the received signal quality information and/or the SL transmission power information of the second UE included in the first positioning service request, the LMF may further determine the network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE based on the range of the first UE's position and the information of the network devices that the first UE can receive signals from included in the first positioning service request. For example, if the LMF determines network devices 1 to 3 based on the range of the first UE's position, and the information of the network devices that the first UE can receive signals from does not include the information of network device 1, then the LMF may determine that the network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE include network devices 2 and 3, but not network device 1.
或者,LMF也可以不考虑第一定位服务请求所包括的信息,而是根据第一定位服务请求所包括的第一UE能够接收信号的网络设备的信息确定参与第一UE定位的网络设备。例如,LMF可将第一UE能够接收信号的网络设备的信息指示的网络设备中的全部或部分确定为参与第一UE定位的网络设备。可选的,LMF所确定的参与第一UE定位的网络设备,例如为接入网设备,例如基站、TP、TRP、RP或小区等。Alternatively, the LMF may not consider the information included in the first positioning service request, but determine the network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE based on the information of the network devices from which the first UE can receive signals included in the first positioning service request. For example, the LMF may determine all or part of the network devices indicated by the information of the network devices from which the first UE can receive signals as network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE. Optionally, the network devices participating in the positioning of the first UE determined by the LMF are, for example, access network devices, such as base stations, TPs, TRPs, RPs or cells.
S606、LMF与第一UE交互与第一UE的定位相关的信息。S606. The LMF interacts with the first UE to obtain information related to the positioning of the first UE.
通过S605和S606,就完成了对第一UE的定位,LMF可以获得第一UE的位置信息。例如,LMF所获得的第一UE的位置信息为第一UE的绝对位置信息。关于S605和S606的更多内容,可分别参考图2所示的实施例中的S207和S208。Through S605 and S606, the first UE is positioned, and the LMF can obtain the location information of the first UE. For example, the location information of the first UE obtained by the LMF is the absolute location information of the first UE. For more information about S605 and S606, refer to S207 and S208 in the embodiment shown in FIG. 2, respectively.
可选的,第一UE可以在S606中向LMF发送第一消息,第一UE可以通过LPP协议的能力传递,辅助数据传递或者定位信息传递过程向LMF发送第一消息,例如第一消息可以为LPP提供能力(LPP  provide capabilities)消息,LPP请求辅助数据(LPP request assistance data)消息或者LPP提供定位信息(LPP provide location information)消息。Optionally, the first UE may send a first message to the LMF in S606. The first UE may send the first message to the LMF through the capability transmission of the LPP protocol, the auxiliary data transmission or the positioning information transmission process. For example, the first message may provide the capability of the LPP (LPP provide capabilities) message, LPP request assistance data (LPP request assistance data) message or LPP provide location information (LPP provide location information) message.
S607、LMF向AMF发送第一UE的位置信息。相应的,AMF从LMF接收第一UE的位置信息。如果S606中LMF获得的是第一UE的绝对位置信息,则S607中LMF向AMF发送的也可以是第一UE的绝对位置信息。S607, LMF sends the location information of the first UE to AMF. Correspondingly, AMF receives the location information of the first UE from LMF. If LMF obtains the absolute location information of the first UE in S606, then what LMF sends to AMF in S607 may also be the absolute location information of the first UE.
如果是第一UE发起的定位过程,则可选的,在S607之后,AMF还可以向第一UE发送第一UE的位置信息。或者,如果是LCS发起的定位过程,则可选的,在S607之后,AMF还可以向LCS发送第一UE的位置信息。If the positioning process is initiated by the first UE, then optionally, after S607, the AMF may also send the location information of the first UE to the first UE. Alternatively, if the positioning process is initiated by the LCS, then optionally, after S607, the AMF may also send the location information of the first UE to the LCS.
本申请实施例中,第二UE为第一UE提供中继服务,例如第二UE为relay UE,第一UE为remote UE。第一UE可以向第一网络设备发送中继信息和/或网络设备信息,使得第一网络设备能够获知第二UE的存在,由此第一网络设备能够发起对第一UE的Uu定位。也就是说,本申请实施例使得核心网能够感知中继场景下的relay UE的存在,使得中继场景下的定位过程得以实现。而且本申请实施例不必执行SL定位过程,通过Uu定位过程就能实现对于第一UE的定位,使得定位过程较为简单。另外,LMF可以参考第一定位服务请求消息所包括的信息确定参与对第一UE定位的网络设备,而不是将用于对第二UE定位的网络设备确定为参与对第一UE定位的网络设备,由此提高了第一UE的定位精度。In an embodiment of the present application, the second UE provides a relay service for the first UE, for example, the second UE is a relay UE and the first UE is a remote UE. The first UE can send relay information and/or network device information to the first network device, so that the first network device can be aware of the existence of the second UE, thereby the first network device can initiate Uu positioning of the first UE. In other words, the embodiment of the present application enables the core network to perceive the existence of the relay UE in the relay scenario, so that the positioning process in the relay scenario can be realized. Moreover, the embodiment of the present application does not need to perform the SL positioning process, and the positioning of the first UE can be achieved through the Uu positioning process, making the positioning process relatively simple. In addition, the LMF can determine the network device involved in the positioning of the first UE with reference to the information included in the first positioning service request message, instead of determining the network device used to locate the second UE as the network device involved in the positioning of the first UE, thereby improving the positioning accuracy of the first UE.
图7给出了本申请实施例提供的一种通信装置的结构示意图。所述通信装置700可以是图2至图4、或图6所示的实施例中的任一个实施例所述的第一UE或该第一UE的电路系统,用于实现上述方法实施例中对应于第一UE的方法。或者,所述通信装置700可以是图2至图4、或图6所示的实施例中的任一个实施例所述的AMF的电路系统,用于实现上述方法实施例中对应于AMF的方法。或者,所述通信装置700可以是图2至图4、或图6所示的实施例中的任一个实施例所述的LMF的电路系统,用于实现上述方法实施例中对应于LMF的方法。具体的功能可以参见上述方法实施例中的说明。其中,例如一种电路系统为芯片系统。Figure 7 shows a schematic diagram of the structure of a communication device provided in an embodiment of the present application. The communication device 700 may be the first UE or the circuit system of the first UE described in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 4 or Figure 6, and is used to implement the method corresponding to the first UE in the above method embodiment. Alternatively, the communication device 700 may be the circuit system of the AMF described in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 4 or Figure 6, and is used to implement the method corresponding to the AMF in the above method embodiment. Alternatively, the communication device 700 may be the circuit system of the LMF described in any one of the embodiments shown in Figures 2 to 4 or Figure 6, and is used to implement the method corresponding to the LMF in the above method embodiment. For specific functions, please refer to the description in the above method embodiment. Among them, for example, a circuit system is a chip system.
该通信装置700包括至少一个处理器701。处理器701可以用于装置的内部处理,实现一定的控制处理功能。可选地,处理器701包括指令。可选地,处理器701可以存储数据。可选地,不同的处理器可以是独立的器件,可以位于不同物理位置,可以位于不同的集成电路上。可选地,不同的处理器可以集成在一个或多个处理器中,例如,集成在一个或多个集成电路上。The communication device 700 includes at least one processor 701. The processor 701 can be used for internal processing of the device to implement certain control processing functions. Optionally, the processor 701 includes instructions. Optionally, the processor 701 can store data. Optionally, different processors can be independent devices, can be located in different physical locations, and can be located on different integrated circuits. Optionally, different processors can be integrated into one or more processors, for example, integrated on one or more integrated circuits.
可选地,通信装置700包括一个或多个存储器703,用以存储指令。可选地,所述存储器703中还可以存储有数据。所述处理器和存储器可以单独设置,也可以集成在一起。Optionally, the communication device 700 includes one or more memories 703 for storing instructions. Optionally, data may also be stored in the memory 703. The processor and the memory may be provided separately or integrated together.
可选地,通信装置700包括通信线路702,以及至少一个通信接口704。其中,因为存储器703、通信线路702以及通信接口704均为可选项,因此在图7中均以虚线表示。Optionally, the communication device 700 includes a communication line 702 and at least one communication interface 704. Since the memory 703, the communication line 702 and the communication interface 704 are all optional, they are all indicated by dotted lines in FIG. 7 .
可选地,通信装置700还可以包括收发器和/或天线。其中,收发器可以用于向其他装置发送信息或从其他装置接收信息。所述收发器可以称为收发机、收发电路、输入输出接口等,用于通过天线实现通信装置700的收发功能。可选地,收发器包括发射机(transmitter)和接收机(receiver)。示例性地,发射机可以用于将基带信号生成射频(radio frequency)信号,接收机可以用于将射频信号转换为基带信号。Optionally, the communication device 700 may further include a transceiver and/or an antenna. The transceiver may be used to send information to other devices or receive information from other devices. The transceiver may be referred to as a transceiver, a transceiver circuit, an input/output interface, etc., and is used to implement the transceiver function of the communication device 700 through an antenna. Optionally, the transceiver includes a transmitter and a receiver. Exemplarily, the transmitter may be used to generate a radio frequency signal from a baseband signal, and the receiver may be used to convert the radio frequency signal into a baseband signal.
处理器701可以包括一个通用中央处理器(central processing unit,CPU),微处理器,特定应用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),或一个或多个用于控制本申请方案程序执行的集成电路。Processor 701 may include a general-purpose central processing unit (CPU), a microprocessor, an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of the program of the present application.
通信线路702可包括一通路,在上述组件之间传送信息。The communication link 702 may include a pathway to transmit information between the above-mentioned components.
通信接口704,使用任何收发器一类的装置,用于与其他设备或通信网络通信,如以太网,无线接入网(radio access network,RAN),无线局域网(wireless local area networks,WLAN),有线接入网等。The communication interface 704 uses any transceiver-like device for communicating with other devices or communication networks, such as Ethernet, radio access network (RAN), wireless local area networks (WLAN), wired access networks, etc.
存储器703可以是只读存储器(read-only memory,ROM)或可存储静态信息和指令的其他类型的静态存储设备,随机存取存储器(random access memory,RAM)或者可存储信息和指令的其他类型的动态存储设备,也可以是电可擦可编程只读存储器(electrically erasable programmable read-only memory,EEPROM)、只读光盘(compact disc read-only memory,CD-ROM)或其他光盘存储、光碟存储(包括压缩光碟、激光碟、光碟、数字通用光碟、蓝光光碟等)、磁盘存储介质或者其他磁存储设备、或者能够用于携带或存储具有指令或数据结构形式的期望的程序代码并能够由计算机存取的任何其他介质,但不限于此。存储器703可以是独立存在,通过通信线路702与处理器701相连接。或者,存储器703 也可以和处理器701集成在一起。The memory 703 may be a read-only memory (ROM) or other types of static storage devices that can store static information and instructions, a random access memory (RAM) or other types of dynamic storage devices that can store information and instructions, or an electrically erasable programmable read-only memory (EEPROM), a compact disc read-only memory (CD-ROM) or other optical disc storage, optical disc storage (including compressed optical disc, laser disc, optical disc, digital versatile disc, Blu-ray disc, etc.), a magnetic disk storage medium or other magnetic storage device, or any other medium that can be used to carry or store the desired program code in the form of instructions or data structures and can be accessed by a computer, but is not limited thereto. The memory 703 may exist independently and be connected to the processor 701 via the communication line 702. Alternatively, the memory 703 It can also be integrated with the processor 701.
其中,存储器703用于存储执行本申请方案的计算机执行指令,并由处理器701来控制执行。处理器701用于执行存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令,从而实现本申请上述实施例提供的通信方法。The memory 703 is used to store computer-executable instructions for executing the solution of the present application, and the execution is controlled by the processor 701. The processor 701 is used to execute the computer-executable instructions stored in the memory 703, thereby realizing the communication method provided in the above embodiment of the present application.
可选的,本申请实施例中的计算机执行指令也可以称之为应用程序代码,本申请实施例对此不作具体限定。Optionally, the computer-executable instructions in the embodiments of the present application may also be referred to as application code, which is not specifically limited in the embodiments of the present application.
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,处理器701可以包括一个或多个CPU,例如图7中的CPU0和CPU1。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the processor 701 may include one or more CPUs, such as CPU0 and CPU1 in FIG. 7 .
在具体实现中,作为一种实施例,通信装置700可以包括多个处理器,例如图7中的处理器701和处理器705。这些处理器中的每一个可以是一个单核(single-CPU)处理器,也可以是一个多核(multi-CPU)处理器。这里的处理器可以指一个或多个设备、电路、和/或用于处理数据(例如计算机程序指令)的处理核。In a specific implementation, as an embodiment, the communication device 700 may include multiple processors, such as the processor 701 and the processor 705 in FIG. 7. Each of these processors may be a single-core (single-CPU) processor or a multi-core (multi-CPU) processor. The processor here may refer to one or more devices, circuits, and/or processing cores for processing data (e.g., computer program instructions).
当图7所示的装置为芯片时,例如是AMF的芯片,或第一UE的芯片,或LMF的芯片,则该芯片包括处理器701(还可以包括处理器705)、通信线路702、存储器703和通信接口704。具体地,通信接口704可以是输入接口、管脚或电路等。存储器703可以是寄存器、缓存等。处理器701和处理器705可以是一个通用的CPU,微处理器,ASIC,或一个或多个用于控制上述任一实施例的通信方法的程序执行的集成电路。When the device shown in FIG. 7 is a chip, such as a chip of an AMF, a chip of a first UE, or a chip of an LMF, the chip includes a processor 701 (may also include a processor 705), a communication line 702, a memory 703, and a communication interface 704. Specifically, the communication interface 704 may be an input interface, a pin, or a circuit, etc. The memory 703 may be a register, a cache, etc. The processor 701 and the processor 705 may be a general-purpose CPU, a microprocessor, an ASIC, or one or more integrated circuits for controlling the execution of a program of the communication method of any of the above embodiments.
本申请实施例可以根据上述方法示例对装置进行功能模块的划分,例如,可以对应各个功能划分各个功能模块,也可以将两个或两个以上的功能集成在一个处理模块中。上述集成的模块既可以采用硬件的形式实现,也可以采用软件功能模块的形式实现。需要说明的是,本申请实施例中对模块的划分是示意性的,仅仅为一种逻辑功能划分,实际实现时可以有另外的划分方式。比如,在采用对应各个功能划分各个功能模块的情况下,图8示出了一种装置示意图,该装置800可以是上述各个方法实施例中所涉及的AMF或第一UE或LMF,或者为AMF中的芯片或第一UE中的芯片或LMF中的芯片。该装置800包括发送单元801、处理单元802和接收单元803。The embodiment of the present application may divide the functional modules of the device according to the above method example. For example, each functional module may be divided corresponding to each function, or two or more functions may be integrated into one processing module. The above integrated module may be implemented in the form of hardware or in the form of software functional modules. It should be noted that the division of modules in the embodiment of the present application is schematic, which is only a logical function division, and there may be other division methods in actual implementation. For example, in the case of dividing each functional module corresponding to each function, Figure 8 shows a schematic diagram of a device, and the device 800 may be the AMF or the first UE or the LMF involved in the above method embodiments, or a chip in the AMF or a chip in the first UE or a chip in the LMF. The device 800 includes a sending unit 801, a processing unit 802 and a receiving unit 803.
应理解,该装置800可以用于实现本申请实施例的方法中由AMF或第一UE或LMF执行的步骤,相关特征可以参照上文的各个实施例,此处不再赘述。It should be understood that the device 800 can be used to implement the steps performed by the AMF or the first UE or the LMF in the method of the embodiment of the present application. The relevant features can refer to the various embodiments above and will not be repeated here.
可选的,图8中的发送单元801、接收单元803以及处理单元802的功能/实现过程可以通过图7中的处理器701调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令来实现。或者,图8中的处理单元802的功能/实现过程可以通过图7中的处理器701调用存储器703中存储的计算机执行指令来实现,图8中的发送单元801和接收单元803的功能/实现过程可以通过图7中的通信接口704来实现。Optionally, the functions/implementation processes of the sending unit 801, the receiving unit 803, and the processing unit 802 in FIG8 may be implemented by the processor 701 in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703. Alternatively, the functions/implementation processes of the processing unit 802 in FIG8 may be implemented by the processor 701 in FIG7 calling the computer execution instructions stored in the memory 703, and the functions/implementation processes of the sending unit 801 and the receiving unit 803 in FIG8 may be implemented by the communication interface 704 in FIG7.
可选的,当该装置800是芯片或电路时,则发送单元801和接收单元803的功能/实现过程还可以通过管脚或电路等来实现。Optionally, when the device 800 is a chip or a circuit, the functions/implementation processes of the sending unit 801 and the receiving unit 803 can also be implemented through pins or circuits.
本申请还提供一种计算机可读存储介质,该计算机可读存储介质存储有计算机程序或指令,当该计算机程序或指令被运行时,实现前述方法实施例中由AMF或第一UE或LMF所执行的方法。这样,上述实施例中所述功能可以软件功能单元的形式实现并作为独立的产品销售或使用。基于这样的理解,本申请的技术方案本质上或者说对做出贡献的部分或者该技术方案的部分可以以软件产品的形式体现出来,该计算机软件产品存储在一个存储介质中,包括若干指令用以使得一台计算机设备(可以是个人计算机,服务器,或者网络设备等)执行本申请各个实施例所述方法的全部或部分步骤。存储介质包括:U盘、移动硬盘、ROM、RAM、磁碟或者光盘等各种可以存储程序代码的介质。The present application also provides a computer-readable storage medium, which stores a computer program or instruction. When the computer program or instruction is executed, the method performed by the AMF or the first UE or the LMF in the aforementioned method embodiment is implemented. In this way, the functions described in the above embodiments can be implemented in the form of software functional units and sold or used as independent products. Based on this understanding, the technical solution of the present application can be essentially or in other words, the part that contributes or the part of the technical solution can be embodied in the form of a software product, which is stored in a storage medium and includes several instructions for a computer device (which can be a personal computer, a server, or a network device, etc.) to perform all or part of the steps of the method described in each embodiment of the present application. Storage media include: various media that can store program codes, such as USB flash drives, mobile hard drives, ROM, RAM, magnetic disks, or optical disks.
本申请还提供一种计算机程序产品,该计算机程序产品包括:计算机程序代码,当该计算机程序代码在计算机上运行时,使得该计算机执行前述任一方法实施例中由AMF或第一UE或LMF所执行的方法。The present application also provides a computer program product, which includes: a computer program code, when the computer program code is executed on a computer, the computer executes the method performed by the AMF or the first UE or the LMF in any of the aforementioned method embodiments.
本申请实施例还提供了一种处理装置,包括处理器和接口;所述处理器用于执行上述任一方法实施例所涉及的AMF或第一UE或LMF所执行的方法。An embodiment of the present application also provides a processing device, including a processor and an interface; the processor is used to execute the method executed by the AMF or the first UE or the LMF involved in any of the above method embodiments.
在上述实施例中,可以全部或部分地通过软件、硬件、固件或者其任意组合来实现。当使用软件实现时,可以全部或部分地以计算机程序产品的形式实现。所述计算机程序产品包括一个或多个计算机指令。在计算机上加载和执行所述计算机程序指令时,全部或部分地产生按照本申请实施例所述的流程或功能。所述计算机可以是通用计算机、专用计算机、计算机网络、或者其他可编程装置。所述计算机指令可以存储在计算机可读存储介质中,或者从一个计算机可读存储介质向另一个计算机可读存储介质传 输,例如,所述计算机指令可以从一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心通过有线(例如同轴电缆、光纤、数字用户线(DSL))或无线(例如红外、无线、微波等)方式向另一个网站站点、计算机、服务器或数据中心进行传输。所述计算机可读存储介质可以是计算机能够存取的任何可用介质或者是包含一个或多个可用介质集成的服务器、数据中心等数据存储设备。所述可用介质可以是磁性介质,(例如,软盘、硬盘、磁带)、光介质(例如,DVD)、或者半导体介质(例如固态硬盘(solid state disk,SSD))等。In the above embodiments, all or part of the embodiments may be implemented by software, hardware, firmware or any combination thereof. When implemented by software, all or part of the embodiments may be implemented in the form of a computer program product. The computer program product includes one or more computer instructions. When the computer program instructions are loaded and executed on a computer, the processes or functions described in the embodiments of the present application are generated in whole or in part. The computer may be a general-purpose computer, a special-purpose computer, a computer network, or other programmable device. The computer instructions may be stored in a computer-readable storage medium, or transmitted from one computer-readable storage medium to another computer-readable storage medium. For example, the computer instructions can be transmitted from one website, computer, server or data center to another website, computer, server or data center by wired (e.g., coaxial cable, optical fiber, digital subscriber line (DSL)) or wireless (e.g., infrared, wireless, microwave, etc.) means. The computer-readable storage medium can be any available medium that can be accessed by a computer or a data storage device such as a server or data center that includes one or more available media. The available medium can be a magnetic medium (e.g., a floppy disk, a hard disk, a magnetic tape), an optical medium (e.g., a DVD), or a semiconductor medium (e.g., a solid state disk (SSD)), etc.
本申请实施例中所描述的各种说明性的逻辑单元和电路可以通过通用处理器,数字信号处理器(digital signal processor,DSP),专用集成电路(application specific integrated circuit,ASIC),现场可编程门阵列(field-programmable gate array,FPGA),或其它可编程逻辑装置,离散门或晶体管逻辑,离散硬件部件,或上述任何组合的设计来实现或操作所描述的功能。通用处理器可以为微处理器,可选地,该通用处理器也可以为任何传统的处理器、控制器、微控制器或状态机。处理器也可以通过计算装置的组合来实现,例如数字信号处理器和微处理器,多个微处理器,一个或多个微处理器联合一个数字信号处理器核,或任何其它类似的配置来实现。The various illustrative logic units and circuits described in the embodiments of the present application can be implemented or operated by a general-purpose processor, a digital signal processor (DSP), an application specific integrated circuit (ASIC), a field-programmable gate array (FPGA), or other programmable logic devices, discrete gate or transistor logic, discrete hardware components, or any combination of the above. The general-purpose processor can be a microprocessor, and optionally, the general-purpose processor can also be any conventional processor, controller, microcontroller or state machine. The processor can also be implemented by a combination of computing devices, such as a digital signal processor and a microprocessor, multiple microprocessors, one or more microprocessors combined with a digital signal processor core, or any other similar configuration.
本申请实施例中所描述的方法或算法的步骤可以直接嵌入硬件、处理器执行的软件单元、或者这两者的结合。软件单元可以存储于RAM、闪存、ROM、可擦除可编程只读存储器(erasable programmable read-only memory,EPROM)、EEPROM、寄存器、硬盘、可移动磁盘、CD-ROM或本领域中其它任意形式的存储媒介中。示例性地,存储媒介可以与处理器连接,以使得处理器可以从存储媒介中读取信息,并可以向存储媒介存写信息。可选地,存储媒介还可以集成到处理器中。处理器和存储媒介可以设置于ASIC中,ASIC可以设置于终端设备中。可选地,处理器和存储媒介也可以设置于终端设备中的不同的部件中。The steps of the method or algorithm described in the embodiments of the present application can be directly embedded in hardware, a software unit executed by a processor, or a combination of the two. The software unit can be stored in RAM, flash memory, ROM, erasable programmable read-only memory (EPROM), EEPROM, register, hard disk, removable disk, CD-ROM or any other form of storage medium in the art. Exemplarily, the storage medium can be connected to the processor so that the processor can read information from the storage medium and can write information to the storage medium. Optionally, the storage medium can also be integrated into the processor. The processor and the storage medium can be arranged in an ASIC, and the ASIC can be arranged in a terminal device. Optionally, the processor and the storage medium can also be arranged in different components in the terminal device.
这些计算机程序指令也可装载到计算机或其他可编程数据处理设备上,使得在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行一系列操作步骤以产生计算机实现的处理,从而在计算机或其他可编程设备上执行的指令提供用于实现在流程图一个流程或多个流程和/或方框图一个方框或多个方框中指定的功能的步骤。These computer program instructions may also be loaded onto a computer or other programmable data processing device so that a series of operational steps are executed on the computer or other programmable device to produce a computer-implemented process, whereby the instructions executed on the computer or other programmable device provide steps for implementing the functions specified in one or more processes in the flowchart and/or one or more boxes in the block diagram.
尽管结合具体特征及其实施例对本申请实施例进行了描述,显而易见的,在不脱离本申请实施例的范围的情况下,可对其进行各种修改和组合。相应地,本申请实施例和附图仅仅是所附权利要求所界定的本申请实施例的示例性说明,且视为已覆盖本申请实施例范围内的任意和所有修改、变化、组合或等同物。显然,本领域的技术人员可以对本申请实施例进行各种改动和变型而不脱离本申请实施例的范围。这样,倘若本申请实施例的这些修改和变型属于本申请实施例权利要求及其等同技术的范围之内,则本申请实施例也意图包含这些改动和变型在内。 Although the embodiments of the present application have been described in conjunction with specific features and embodiments thereof, it is obvious that various modifications and combinations may be made thereto without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Accordingly, the embodiments of the present application and the accompanying drawings are merely exemplary illustrations of the embodiments of the present application as defined by the attached claims, and are deemed to have covered any and all modifications, variations, combinations or equivalents within the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Obviously, those skilled in the art may make various changes and modifications to the embodiments of the present application without departing from the scope of the embodiments of the present application. Thus, if these modifications and variations of the embodiments of the present application fall within the scope of the claims of the embodiments of the present application and their equivalent technologies, the embodiments of the present application are also intended to include these changes and variations.

Claims (39)

  1. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一网络设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first network device, the method comprising:
    从第一终端设备接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括第二终端设备的标识,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务;receiving a first message from a first terminal device, where the first message includes an identifier of a second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device;
    向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第二终端设备的标识和所述第一终端设备的标识;Sending a first positioning service request message to the second network device, where the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device and positioning of the first terminal device, and the first positioning service request message also includes an identifier of the second terminal device and an identifier of the first terminal device;
    从所述第二网络设备接收第一信息,所述第一信息用于指示所述第一终端设备的位置。First information is received from the second network device, where the first information is used to indicate a location of the first terminal device.
  2. 根据权利要求1所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行定位,包括:The method according to claim 1, wherein the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the second terminal device and positioning of the first terminal device, comprising:
    所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第二终端设备执行空口定位,以及对所述第一终端设备执行侧行定位。The first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning for the second terminal device and sideline positioning for the first terminal device.
  3. 根据权利要求1或2所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或所述第二终端设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息。The method according to claim 1 or 2 is characterized in that the first message also includes the reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  4. 根据权利要求1~3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that
    所述第一消息为非接入层NAS消息,所述NAS消息包括如下一项或多项:The first message is a non-access layer NAS message, and the NAS message includes one or more of the following:
    注册请求消息;Registration request message;
    业务请求消息;Business request message;
    上行NAS传输消息;或,Uplink NAS transport message; or,
    第二定位服务请求消息,所述第二定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。A second positioning service request message, where the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  5. 根据权利要求4所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为所述注册请求消息或者所述业务请求消息,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 4, characterized in that the first message is the registration request message or the service request message, and the method further comprises:
    根据所述第一消息确定对所述第一终端设备进行定位,其中,所述定位过程包括所述第二终端设备的定位过程,以及所述第一终端设备的定位过程;或,determining to locate the first terminal device according to the first message, wherein the positioning process includes a positioning process of the second terminal device and a positioning process of the first terminal device; or,
    根据所述第一消息确定对所述第一终端设备进行定位,以及对所述第二终端设备进行定位。Determine to locate the first terminal device and to locate the second terminal device according to the first message.
  6. 根据权利要求1~3任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,在向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 3, characterized in that before sending the first positioning service request message to the second network device, the method further comprises:
    从第三网络设备接收第三定位服务请求消息,所述第三定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。A third positioning service request message is received from a third network device, where the third positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  7. 根据权利要求1~6任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 6, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第二终端设备的信息,或指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第一终端设备的中继服务信息。Send first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send information of the second terminal device, or to instruct the first terminal device to send relay service information of the first terminal device.
  8. 根据权利要求1~7任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或,所述第二终端设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 7 is characterized in that the first positioning service request message also includes the reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  9. 根据权利要求1~8任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一信息包括所述第一终端设备的位置信息。The method according to any one of claims 1 to 8 is characterized in that the first information includes location information of the first terminal device.
  10. 根据权利要求9所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 9, characterized in that
    所述第一终端设备的位置信息为所述第一终端设备的绝对位置信息;或,The location information of the first terminal device is the absolute location information of the first terminal device; or,
    所述第一终端设备的位置信息为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的相对位置信息,且所述第一信息还包括所述第二终端设备的绝对位置信息,所述方法还包括:根据所述相对位置信息以及所述第二终端设备的绝对位置信息确定所述第一终端设备的绝对位置信息。The location information of the first terminal device is the relative location information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, and the first information also includes the absolute location information of the second terminal device. The method also includes: determining the absolute location information of the first terminal device based on the relative location information and the absolute location information of the second terminal device.
  11. 根据权利要求1~10任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备的标识包括如下一项或多项:The method according to any one of claims 1 to 10, characterized in that the identification of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following:
    所述第二终端设备的5G-系统-临时移动用户标识5G-S-TMSI;5G-system-temporary mobile subscriber identity 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device;
    所述第二终端设备的小区无线网络临时标识C-RNTI; The cell radio network temporary identifier C-RNTI of the second terminal device;
    所述第二终端设备的非激活态无线网络临时标识I-RNTI;An inactive radio network temporary identifier I-RNTI of the second terminal device;
    所述第二终端设备的用户永久标识SUPI;或,The user permanent identity SUPI of the second terminal device; or
    所述第二终端设备的用户隐藏标识SUCI。The second terminal device has a hidden user identity SUCI.
  12. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一终端设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first terminal device, and the method comprises:
    从第二终端设备接收第二消息,所述第二消息包括所述第二终端设备的标识,所述第二终端设备用于为所述第一终端设备提供中继服务;receiving a second message from a second terminal device, where the second message includes an identifier of the second terminal device, and the second terminal device is used to provide a relay service for the first terminal device;
    向第一网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括第二终端设备的标识。A first message is sent to a first network device, where the first message includes an identifier of a second terminal device.
  13. 根据权利要求12所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二终端设备的标识包括如下一项或多项:The method according to claim 12, wherein the identification of the second terminal device includes one or more of the following:
    所述第二终端设备的5G-S-TMSI;The 5G-S-TMSI of the second terminal device;
    所述第二终端设备的C-RNTI;The C-RNTI of the second terminal device;
    所述第二终端设备的I-RNTI;The I-RNTI of the second terminal device;
    所述第二终端设备的SUPI;或,the SUPI of the second terminal device; or,
    所述第二终端设备的SUCI。the SUCI of the second terminal device.
  14. 根据权利要求12或13所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息还包括所述第一终端设备对于来自所述第二终端设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,和/或所述第二终端设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息。The method according to claim 12 or 13 is characterized in that the first message also includes the reception signal quality information of the first terminal device for the signal from the second terminal device, and/or the transmission power information of the second terminal device to the first terminal device.
  15. 根据权利要求12~14任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第二消息为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的发现过程中的消息,或为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的连接建立过程中的消息,或为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的连接建立成功后的消息。The method according to any one of claims 12 to 14 is characterized in that the second message is a message in a discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message in a connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message after the connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is successfully established.
  16. 根据权利要求12~15任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 15, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    向所述第二终端设备发送第三消息,所述第三消息用于请求获得所述第二终端设备的标识。A third message is sent to the second terminal device, where the third message is used to request an identification of the second terminal device.
  17. 根据权利要求16所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 16, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    确定发起紧急业务,或,确定定位需求。Determine to initiate emergency business, or determine positioning requirements.
  18. 根据权利要求17所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 17, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    确定在发起紧急业务时或有定位需求时主动向所述第一网络设备发送所述第二终端设备的信息。Determine to actively send information of the second terminal device to the first network device when an emergency service is initiated or when there is a positioning requirement.
  19. 根据权利要求16~18任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第三消息为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的发现过程中的消息,或为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备之间的连接建立过程中的消息,或为所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的连接建立成功后的消息。The method according to any one of claims 16 to 18 is characterized in that the third message is a message in the discovery process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message in the connection establishment process between the first terminal device and the second terminal device, or a message after the connection between the first terminal device and the second terminal device is successfully established.
  20. 根据权利要求12~19任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to any one of claims 12 to 19, characterized in that
    所述第一消息为NAS消息,所述NAS消息包括如下一项或多项:The first message is a NAS message, and the NAS message includes one or more of the following:
    注册请求消息;Registration request message;
    业务请求消息;Business request message;
    上行NAS传输消息;或,Uplink NAS transport message; or,
    第二定位服务请求消息,所述第二定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。A second positioning service request message, where the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  21. 根据权利要求12~20任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 20, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    从所述第一网络设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第二终端设备的信息,或指示所述第一终端设备发送所述第一终端设备的中继服务信息。First indication information is received from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send information of the second terminal device, or to instruct the first terminal device to send relay service information of the first terminal device.
  22. 根据权利要求12~21任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 12 to 21, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    对来自所述第二终端设备的侧行信号进行测量,以获得第一测量结果,所述第一测量结果用于获得所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备的相对位置信息;Measuring a side signal from the second terminal device to obtain a first measurement result, where the first measurement result is used to obtain relative position information between the first terminal device and the second terminal device;
    向所述第二网络设备发送所述第一测量结果或所述相对位置信息。Send the first measurement result or the relative position information to the second network device.
  23. 根据权利要求22所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 22, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    从第二网络设备接收第四消息,所述第四消息用于请求所述第一终端设备与所述第二终端设备执行定位;或,receiving a fourth message from a second network device, where the fourth message is used to request the first terminal device and the second terminal device to perform positioning; or,
    主动发起与所述第二终端设备的侧行定位。Actively initiate side positioning with the second terminal device.
  24. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一网络设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first network device, the method comprising:
    从第一终端设备接收第一消息,所述第一消息包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息,其中,所述网络设备信息用于指示所述第一终端设备能够接收定位参考信号的网络设备,所述中继信息包括如下一项或 多项:所述第一终端设备对于来自中继设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,中继设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息,或,所述第一终端设备通过中继连接网络的信息;A first message is received from a first terminal device, wherein the first message includes relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, and the relay information includes one of the following: Multiple items: information about the quality of a signal received by the first terminal device for a signal from a relay device, information about the transmission power of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information about the first terminal device connecting to a network via a relay;
    向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备执行定位,所述第一定位服务请求消息还包括所述中继信息和/或所述网络设备信息;Sending a first positioning service request message to a second network device, where the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, and the first positioning service request message further includes the relay information and/or the network device information;
    从所述第二网络设备接收所述第一终端设备的位置信息。The location information of the first terminal device is received from the second network device.
  25. 根据权利要求24所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备执行定位,包括:The method according to claim 24, wherein the first positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device, and comprises:
    所述第一定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备执行空口定位。The first positioning service request message is used to request air interface positioning for the first terminal device.
  26. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,The method according to claim 24 or 25, characterized in that
    所述第一消息为非接入层NAS消息,所述NAS消息包括如下一项或多项:The first message is a non-access layer NAS message, and the NAS message includes one or more of the following:
    注册请求消息;Registration request message;
    业务请求消息;Business request message;
    上行NAS传输消息;或,Uplink NAS transport message; or,
    第二定位服务请求消息,所述第二定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。A second positioning service request message, where the second positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  27. 根据权利要求26所述的方法,其特征在于,所述第一消息为所述注册请求消息或者所述业务请求消息,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 26, characterized in that the first message is the registration request message or the service request message, and the method further comprises:
    根据所述第一消息确定对所述第一终端设备进行定位。The first terminal device is positioned according to the first message.
  28. 根据权利要求24或25所述的方法,其特征在于,在向第二网络设备发送第一定位服务请求消息之前,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 24 or 25, characterized in that before sending the first positioning service request message to the second network device, the method further comprises:
    从第三网络设备接收第三定位服务请求消息,所述第三定位服务请求消息用于请求对所述第一终端设备进行定位。A third positioning service request message is received from a third network device, where the third positioning service request message is used to request positioning of the first terminal device.
  29. 根据权利要求24~28任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 24 to 28, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    向所述第一终端设备发送第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备发送所述中继信息和/或所述网络设备信息。Send first indication information to the first terminal device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the relay information and/or the network device information.
  30. 一种通信方法,其特征在于,应用于第一终端设备,所述方法包括:A communication method, characterized in that it is applied to a first terminal device, and the method comprises:
    向第一网络设备发送第一消息,所述第一消息包括中继信息和/或网络设备信息,其中,所述网络设备信息用于指示所述第一终端设备能够接收定位参考信号的网络设备,所述中继信息包括如下一项或多项:所述第一终端设备对于来自中继设备的信号的接收信号质量信息,中继设备对所述第一终端设备的发送功率信息,或,所述第一终端设备通过中继连接网络的信息。A first message is sent to a first network device, wherein the first message includes relay information and/or network device information, wherein the network device information is used to indicate a network device that the first terminal device can receive a positioning reference signal, and the relay information includes one or more of the following: received signal quality information of the first terminal device for a signal from the relay device, transmission power information of the relay device to the first terminal device, or information on the first terminal device connecting to a network via a relay.
  31. 根据权利要求30所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 30, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    发现所述第二终端设备,并与所述第二终端设备建立连接。The second terminal device is discovered and a connection is established with the second terminal device.
  32. 根据权利要求30或31所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to claim 30 or 31, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    从所述第一网络设备接收所述第一终端设备的位置信息。The location information of the first terminal device is received from the first network device.
  33. 根据权利要求30~32任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 30 to 32, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    确定定位需求。Determine positioning needs.
  34. 根据权利要求30~33任一项所述的方法,其特征在于,所述方法还包括:The method according to any one of claims 30 to 33, characterized in that the method further comprises:
    从所述第一网络设备接收第一指示信息,所述第一指示信息用于指示所述第一终端设备发送所述中继信息和/或所述网络设备信息。First indication information is received from the first network device, where the first indication information is used to instruct the first terminal device to send the relay information and/or the network device information.
  35. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于执行如权利要求1~11任一项所述的方法,或用于执行如权利要求24~29任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processor and a memory, the memory and the processor are coupled, and the processor is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or to execute the method according to any one of claims 24 to 29.
  36. 一种通信装置,其特征在于,包括处理器和存储器,所述存储器和所述处理器耦合,所述处理器用于执行如权利要求12~23任一项所述的方法,或用于执行如权利要求30~34任一项所述的方法。A communication device, characterized in that it includes a processor and a memory, the memory and the processor are coupled, and the processor is used to execute the method according to any one of claims 12 to 23, or to execute the method according to any one of claims 30 to 34.
  37. 一种计算机可读存储介质,其特征在于,所述计算机可读存储介质用于存储计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1~11任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求12~23任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求24~29任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求30~34任一项所述的方法。A computer-readable storage medium, characterized in that the computer-readable storage medium is used to store a computer program, and when the computer program is run on a computer, the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 12 to 23, or the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 24 to 29, or the computer executes the method according to any one of claims 30 to 34.
  38. 一种芯片系统,其特征在于,所述芯片系统包括:A chip system, characterized in that the chip system comprises:
    处理器和接口,所述处理器用于从所述接口调用并运行指令,当所述处理器执行所述指令时,实现 如权利要求1~11任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求12~23任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求24~29任一项所述的方法,或实现如权利要求30~34任一项所述的方法。A processor and an interface, wherein the processor is used to call and run instructions from the interface, and when the processor executes the instructions, The method according to any one of claims 1 to 11, or the method according to any one of claims 12 to 23, or the method according to any one of claims 24 to 29, or the method according to any one of claims 30 to 34.
  39. 一种计算机程序产品,其特征在于,所述计算机程序产品包括计算机程序,当所述计算机程序在计算机上运行时,使得所述计算机执行如权利要求1~11任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求12~23任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求24~29任一项所述的方法,或使得所述计算机执行如权利要求30~34任一项所述的方法。 A computer program product, characterized in that the computer program product includes a computer program, which, when executed on a computer, enables the computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 1 to 11, or enables the computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 12 to 23, or enables the computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 24 to 29, or enables the computer to execute the method described in any one of claims 30 to 34.
PCT/CN2023/117030 2022-10-21 2023-09-05 Communication method and apparatus WO2024082849A1 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (4)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
CN202211294745 2022-10-21
CN202211294745.4 2022-10-21
CN202211456149.1A CN117917910A (en) 2022-10-21 2022-11-21 Communication method and device
CN202211456149.1 2022-11-21

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024082849A1 true WO2024082849A1 (en) 2024-04-25

Family

ID=90729732

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CN2023/117030 WO2024082849A1 (en) 2022-10-21 2023-09-05 Communication method and apparatus

Country Status (2)

Country Link
CN (1) CN117917910A (en)
WO (1) WO2024082849A1 (en)

Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110892761A (en) * 2017-07-18 2020-03-17 华为技术有限公司 Positioning method and system of remote user equipment
CN113784276A (en) * 2020-06-10 2021-12-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 Positioning method, relay equipment, Internet of things equipment and network equipment
WO2022059876A1 (en) * 2020-09-17 2022-03-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Network-based positioning method using relay in nr-v2x system, and device therefor
CN115087090A (en) * 2021-03-15 2022-09-20 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Relative positioning method, device and equipment

Patent Citations (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN110892761A (en) * 2017-07-18 2020-03-17 华为技术有限公司 Positioning method and system of remote user equipment
CN113784276A (en) * 2020-06-10 2021-12-10 维沃移动通信有限公司 Positioning method, relay equipment, Internet of things equipment and network equipment
WO2022059876A1 (en) * 2020-09-17 2022-03-24 엘지전자 주식회사 Network-based positioning method using relay in nr-v2x system, and device therefor
CN115087090A (en) * 2021-03-15 2022-09-20 大唐移动通信设备有限公司 Relative positioning method, device and equipment

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
QUALCOMM INCORPORATED: "On Positioning Support for L2 UE-to-Network Remote UEs", 3GPP TSG-RAN WG2 MEETING #119BIS-E R2-2210367, 30 September 2022 (2022-09-30), XP052263689 *

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN117917910A (en) 2024-04-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US11974335B2 (en) Sidelink positioning reference signal configuration
US11598839B2 (en) Methods for obtaining a location using neighbor awareness networking, NAN, as well as a corresponding system and NAN device
US20230081093A1 (en) Physical layer considerations for ue positioning
TW202139732A (en) Positioning measurement/reporting with multiple discontinuous reception groups
TW202133661A (en) Positioning reference signal processing
TW202131712A (en) Multiple downlink positioning techniques capability
TW202205899A (en) Enable user equipment positioning through paging
TW202147891A (en) Ue receive-transmit time difference measurement reporting
TW202232131A (en) Line of sight determination
TW202133634A (en) Network assisted positioning without service request procedure
US20230097008A1 (en) Dormant secondary cell positioning signaling
TW202205887A (en) Passive positioning methods in new radio
US11971499B2 (en) Distributed device management for positioning
WO2024082849A1 (en) Communication method and apparatus
TW202239222A (en) Uplink and downlink ris-aided signaling
WO2023241671A1 (en) Positioning broadcast configuration method and communication apparatus
US20230179359A1 (en) Rs configuration and management
US20240146486A1 (en) Processing gap requesting and/or error reporting
KR20230161966A (en) Bulk positioning reporting
TW202310646A (en) Low-layer positioning measurement reporting
EP4381840A1 (en) Measurement gaps for measuring positioning signals

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 23878844

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1